Cascada

2k16_CS6_Buick_Cascada_23271687A.
ai 1 10/19/2015 2:47:26 PM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Cascada
Buick Cascada Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S-9186636) - 2016 - crc -
10/21/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 21
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 92
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 126
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 216
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 330
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 346
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 356
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
10/21/15
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the
BUICK Emblem, and CASCADA are Keep this manual in the vehicle for
trademarks and/or service marks of quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
General Motors LLC, its Caution
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
For vehicles first sold in Canada, A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
substitute the name “General obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
Motors of Canada Limited” for Buick www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Motor Division wherever it appears
in this manual. Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23271687 A First Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
10/21/15
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
in serious injury or death. % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls
Symbols or OnStar®
The vehicle has components and $ : Brake System Warning Light
{ Warning labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
Warning indicates a hazard that the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
could result in injury or death. information relating to a specific
component, control, message, ^ : Do Not Service
gauge, or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
Caution M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps
manual has additional instructions ` : Do Not Puncture
Caution indicates a hazard that or information.
could result in property or vehicle
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
damage. # : Fog Lamps
manual has additional instructions
or information. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page —
“see page.” 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
Vehicle Symbol Chart
( : Heated Steering Wheel
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle j : LATCH System Child Restraints
and what they mean. For more * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
information on the symbol, refer to : : Oil Pressure
the Index.
10/21/15
4 Introduction
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
10/21/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Instrument Panel Lane Departure
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Initial Drive Information Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Performance and Maintenance
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Traction Control/Electronic
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 19
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 19
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Driving for Better Fuel
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Roadside Assistance
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vehicle Features
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 16
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
10/21/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
10/21/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 214. 10. Anti-Theft Alarm System 16. Shift Lever. See Automatic
2. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Indicator. See Vehicle Alarm Transmission 0 233.
Changer 0 120. System 0 31. 17. Power Outlets 0 96.
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 11. Traction Control/Electronic 18. Ignition Switch. See Ignition
and Lane-Change Stability Control 0 239. Positions 0 227.
Signals 0 122. Lane Departure Warning 19. Horn 0 94.
Driver Information Center (DIC) (LDW) 0 247.
20. Steering Wheel
Buttons. See Driver Information Assistance Systems for Adjustment 0 93.
Center (DIC) 0 110. Parking or Backing 0 243.
21. Instrument Panel Storage 0 89.
3. Cruise Control 0 241. 12. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 212. Instrument Panel Fuse
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Block 0 285.
System 0 245 (If Equipped). Heated Front Seats 0 50 (If
Equipped). 22. Hood Release. See
4. Instrument Cluster 0 98. Hood 0 257.
5. Driver Information Center Heated Steering Wheel 0 94 (If
Equipped). 23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119.
(DIC) 0 110.
13. USB 0 158. Fog Lamps 0 122.
6. Steering Wheel Controls 0 93.
Input Jack. See Auxiliary Instrument Panel Illumination
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94. Control 0 123.
Devices 0 164.
8. Central Locking Switch. See 24. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Power Door Locks 0 28. 14. Convertible Top 0 37 (If
Equipped). (Out of View). See Malfunction
Hazard Warning Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Flashers 0 122. Central Power Window Switch. Light) 0 102.
See Power Windows 0 34.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 101 15. Electric Parking Brake. See
Parking Brake 0 236
9. Infotainment. See
Overview 0 126.
10/21/15
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Lock and unlock feedback can be

personalized. See Vehicle
Information Personalization 0 113
This section provides a brief V : Press and hold to release the
overview about some of the trunk.
important features that may or may 7 : Press and release to initiate
not be on your specific vehicle. vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
For more detailed information, refer least three seconds to sound the
to each of the features which can be panic alarm. Press again to cancel
found later in this owner manual. the panic alarm.
See Keys 0 21 and Remote Keyless
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 23.
(RKE) System Press the button to extend the key.
The RKE transmitter may work up to The key can be used for the driver Remote Vehicle Start
60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. side lock and the ignition. If equipped, the engine can be
K : Press to unlock both doors, started from outside of the vehicle.
trunk and fuel door. Press and Starting the Vehicle
hold K to open all windows. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 113. 1. Press and release Q on the
Some vehicles may have a feature RKE transmitter.
that also allows the convertible top 2. Immediately press and hold /
to open. SeePower Windows 0 34.
for at least four seconds or until
Q : Press to lock all doors. Press the turn signal lamps flash.
and hold the lock button to close all
3. Start the vehicle normally after
windows.
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
10/21/15
In Brief 9
Remote start can be extended. Power Door Locks Trunk Release

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 26.
Door Locks
Press the lower half of the emblem
To lock or unlock the doors from K : Press to unlock. to open the trunk. See Trunk 0 29.
outside the vehicle: Q : Press to lock.
. Press Q or K on the Remote See Power Door Locks 0 28.
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
. Use the key in the driver door.
To lock or unlock the doors from
inside the vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
. Pulling an interior door handle
will unlock the door. Pulling the
door handle again unlatches it.
10/21/15
10 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment

Power Driver Seat Adjustment
To adjust the power seatback:

. Tilt the top of the control
The driver power window switches rearward to recline.
control all windows. Each . Tilt the top of the control forward
passenger door has a switch that To adjust a power driver seat,
if equipped: to raise.
controls only that window.
. Move the seat forward or See Reclining Seatbacks 0 49.
Press the switch to the first detent to
lower the window. Pull the switch up rearward by sliding the control
to the first detent to raise it. forward or rearward.
See Power Windows 0 34. . Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 48.
10/21/15
In Brief 11
Power Lumbar Seatback Latches Heated Seats
If equipped, press and hold the front To fold the seatback, lift the release If available, the controls are on the
of the switch to increase lumbar lever and fold the seatback forward. climate control panel. The engine
support, or the rear of the switch to The seat will slide forward. must be running to operate the
decrease lumbar support. heated seats.
To raise, lift the seatback to its
To adjust the height of the support, upright position until the seat locks. Press M or L to heat the driver or
press and hold the top or bottom of The seat will slide back to the passenger seat cushion and
the switch. Release the switch when original position. seatback.
the seatback reaches the desired See Seatback Latches 0 50.
level of lumbar support. Press the control once for the
Rear Seats highest setting. With each press of
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 49. the control, the heated seat will
The rear seatbacks can be folded. change to the next lower setting,
For detailed instructions, see Rear and then the off setting. Three lights
Seats 0 51. indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
10/21/15
12 In Brief
See Heated Front Seats 0 50. Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Head Restraint System
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary The passenger sensing system
while keeping the seat and the head turns off the front outboard
restraint height in the proper passenger frontal airbag and knee
position. airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
See Head Restraints 0 47 and Refer to the following sections for passenger sensing system. See
Reclining Seatbacks 0 49. important information on how to use Passenger Sensing System 0 64 for
safety belts properly: important information.
. Safety Belts 0 53. The passenger airbag status
. How to Wear Safety Belts indicator will be visible on the center
Properly 0 54. stack when the vehicle is started.
. See Passenger Airbag Status
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 55.
Indicator 0 101.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
10/21/15
In Brief 13
Automatic Dimming Rearview 3. Turn the selector switch to 9 4. Lift the lever up to lock the
Mirror to deselect the mirror. steering wheel in place.
Automatic dimming reduces the The vehicle has manual folding Do not adjust the steering wheel
glare of headlamps from behind. mirrors. See Folding Mirrors 0 33. while driving.
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started. Steering Wheel Interior Lighting
See Automatic Dimming Rearview Adjustment Dome Lamps
Mirror 0 34.
Exterior Mirrors
To adjust the steering wheel: The interior lamps control in the

overhead console controls both the
1. Pull the lever down.
1. Turn the selector switch to L front and rear interior lamps.
(Left) or R (Right) to choose 2. Move the steering wheel up
the driver or passenger mirror. or down.
( : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
2. Move the control to adjust the 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
mirror. closer or away from you.
H : Press to turn the lamps on
automatically when a door is
opened.
10/21/15
14 In Brief
' : Press to turn on the dome Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps
lamps. together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning
Reading Lamps chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
# : If equipped with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119
The exterior lamp control is to the . Fog Lamps 0 122
left of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic lamp control off
or on again.
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console. AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
# or $ : Press the button near together with the parking lamps,
each lamp to turn it on or off.
taillamps, license plate lamps,
instrument panel lights, and With the ignition in ACC/
sidemarker lamps. ACCESSORY, ON/RUN, or START,
; : Turns on the parking lamps move the lever to select the wiper
including all lamps, except the speed.
headlamps. HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
10/21/15
In Brief 15
See Dual Automatic Climate Control

System 0 212.
Transmission
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
DSC allows you to shift an
INT : Move the lever up to INT, then automatic transmission similar to a
turn the x INT band up or down manual transmission. To use the
for more or less sensitivity to DSC feature:
moisture. 1. Move the shift lever from
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. D (Drive) to the left into the (+)
1. Driver and Passenger Heated or (−) manual position.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Seats (If Equipped)
the lever down. For several wipes, 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
2. Driver and Passenger to upshift or rearward (−) to
hold the lever down. Temperature Controls downshift. An M and the
n L : Pull the lever toward you to 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) current gear will be displayed
spray windshield washer fluid and in the Driver Information
activate the wipers. 4. Air Delivery Modes
Center (DIC).
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94. 5. Fan Controls
See Manual Mode 0 234.
6. Defrost
While using the DSC feature, the
Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger vehicle will have firmer, quicker
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Recirculation shifting. You can use this for sport
ventilation for the vehicle can be driving or when climbing or
controlled with this system. 9. Heated Steering Wheel (If descending hills, to stay in gear
Equipped) longer, or to downshift for more
10. Air Conditioning power or engine braking.
10/21/15
16 In Brief
Vehicle Features infotainment system. Press again to Cruise Control

turn the sound on. Press to cancel
voice recognition.
Steering Wheel Controls
_ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
Depending on the vehicle options, source.
some audio functions can be
controlled through the steering Use the thumbwheel to select the
wheel controls. next or previous favorite radio
station, CD, MP3 track, USB, and
Bluetooth Audio.
Use _ SRC to skip to the next song
or show using Pandora or Stitcher.
See Pandora Internet Radio 0 146
or Stitcher Internet Radio 0 150.
+ x − : Press + to increase the 1 : Press to turn the cruise control
volume. Press − to decrease. system on or off. A white indicator
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 93. comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise is turned on.
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
b / g : Press to interact with briefly to resume to that speed or
Bluetooth or voice recognition. See hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
Bluetooth 0 197 or Voice control is already active, use to
Recognition 0 191. increase vehicle speed.
$ / i : Press to decline an
incoming call, or to end a current
call. Press to silence the vehicle
speakers while using the
10/21/15
In Brief 17
SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down 2. w / x : Use the band to Lane Departure
briefly to set the speed and activate scroll through the items in
cruise control. If cruise control is
Warning (LDW)
each menu.
already active, use to decrease If equipped, LDW may help avoid
speed. 3. MENU: Press to display the unintentional lane departures at
DIC menus. This button is also speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
* : Press to disengage cruise used to return to or exit the last
control without erasing the set greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
screen displayed on the DIC. to detect the lane markings. The
speed from memory.
See Driver Information Center LDW light, @, is green if a lane
See Cruise Control 0 241. (DIC) 0 110. marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane without using a turn
Driver Information Forward Collision Alert signal in that direction, the light will
Center (DIC) (FCA) System change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound.
The DIC display is in the center of If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
the instrument cluster. It shows the reduce the harm caused by See Lane Departure Warning
status of many vehicle systems. The front-end crashes. FCA provides a (LDW) 0 247.
controls for the DIC are on the turn
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
signal lever.
is detected ahead. When
Rear Vision
approaching a vehicle ahead too Camera (RVC)
quickly, FCA provides a visual alert If equipped, RVC displays a view of
and rapidly beeps. the area behind the vehicle on the
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) center stack display when the
System 0 245. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, backing maneuvers.
or press and hold to clear, the See Assistance Systems for Parking
menu item displayed. or Backing 0 243.
10/21/15
18 In Brief
Parking Assist or until the driver door is opened Performance and

within 10 minutes of turning off the
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist vehicle. See Retained Accessory Maintenance
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear Power (RAP) 0 230.
bumper to assist with parking and
avoiding objects while in See Power Outlets 0 96. Traction Control/
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds Electronic Stability
less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may Convertible Control
display a warning triangle on the The convertible top can be
RVC screen and a graphic on the The Traction Control System (TCS)
automatically opened and closed. limits wheel spin. The system is on
instrument cluster to provide the For step-by-step instructions, see
object distance. In addition, multiple when the vehicle is started.
Convertible Top 0 37.
beeps may occur if very close to an The StabiliTrak system assists with
object. directional control of the vehicle in
The vehicle may also have the Front difficult driving conditions. The
Parking Assist system. system is on when the vehicle is
started.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
. To turn off TCS, press and
or Backing 0 243.
release g on the center stack.
Power Outlets The appropriate DIC message is
displayed.
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment, . Press and release g again to
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. turn TCS back on. The
There is one accessory power outlet appropriate DIC message is
on the center stack below the displayed.
climate controls and one on the rear . To turn off both TCS and
of the center floor console. These StabiliTrak, press and hold g
outlets are powered when the key is
until g comes on in the
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
10/21/15
In Brief 19
instrument cluster and the Loading Information label. See Resetting the Oil Life System
appropriate DIC message is Vehicle Load Limits 0 223. The 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
displayed. warning light will remain on until the with the engine off.
tire pressure is corrected.
. Press g again to turn on both 2. Press the DIC MENU button on
systems. The appropriate DIC The low tire pressure warning light the turn signal lever to enter
message is displayed. may come on in cool weather when the Vehicle Information Menu.
the vehicle is first started, and then Use the thumbwheel to scroll
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 239. through the menu items until
may be an early indicator that the you reach REMAINING
tire pressures are getting low and OIL LIFE.
Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure. 3. Press SET/CLR to reset the oil
This vehicle may have a Tire
life at 100%.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
the correct tire pressures. See Engine Oil Life System 0 262.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 296. Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Engine Oil Life System
Driving habits can affect fuel
The low tire pressure warning light The engine oil life system calculates mileage. Here are some driving tips
alerts to a significant loss in engine oil life based on vehicle use to get the best fuel economy
pressure of one of the vehicle's and displays the CHANGE ENGINE possible.
tires. If the warning light comes on, OIL SOON message when it is time
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
stop as soon as possible and inflate to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset smoothly.
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and to 100% only following an oil . Brake gradually and avoid
change. abrupt stops.
10/21/15
20 In Brief
. Avoid idling the engine for long New Buick owners are automatically
periods of time. enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
. When road and weather Program.
conditions are appropriate, use See Roadside Assistance
cruise control. Program 0 350.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-252-1112
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
10/21/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Keys and Locks

Interior Mirrors
Windows Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 34 Keys
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Keys and Locks
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 { Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Windows
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 an ignition key or Remote
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 dangerous and children or others
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 26 Roof could be seriously injured or
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 killed. They could operate the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 power window or other controls or
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 make the vehicle move. The
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 28 windows will function with the key
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
Doors
children or others could be caught
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
in the path of a closing window.
Vehicle Security Do not leave children in a vehicle
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 with the ignition key or an RKE
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 31 transmitter.
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 32
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
10/21/15
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key, key rings, and RKE Interference from radio-frequency
{ Warning transmitter, if equipped, are identification (RFID) tags may
designed to work together. As a prevent the key from starting the
If the key is unintentionally
system, it reduces the risk of vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out the key when starting the vehicle.
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. If replacements
moved out of the RUN position. or additions are required, see your The key that is part of the RKE
This could be caused by heavy dealer. Limit added items to a few transmitter can be used for the
items hanging from the key ring, essential keys or small, light items ignition and driver side lock.
or by large or long items attached no larger than an RKE transmitter.
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
10/21/15
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
(RKE) System Operation
Overview 0 360. The transmitter functions may work
up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
Remote Keyless Entry vehicle.
(RKE) System Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated, can
See Radio Frequency
impact the performance of the
Statement 0 356.
transmitter.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
Press the button on the RKE . Check the distance. The
transmitter to extend the key. Press transmitter may be too far from
the button and the key blade to the vehicle.
retract the key.
. Check the location. Other
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, vehicles or objects may be
inspect the key blade for debris. blocking the signal.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick. . Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
See your dealer if a new key is in this section.
needed.
. If the transmitter is still not With Remote Start Shown
If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your
Roadside Assistance dealer or a qualified technician
K : Press to unlock both doors,
Program 0 350. trunk and fuel door. Press and hold
for service.
the K to open all windows. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
10/21/15
Some vehicles may have a feature V : Press and hold to release the longer work. Any remaining
that also allows the convertible top trunk. transmitters will need to be
to open. See Power Windows 0 34. reprogrammed. Each vehicle can
7 : Press and release one time to have up to eight transmitters
The turn signal indicators may flash initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle matched to it.
lamps flash and the horn chirps
Personalization 0 113. three times. Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
Pressing K will disarm the alarm Press and hold 7 for at least
system. See Vehicle Alarm three seconds to sound the panic To program a new key:
System 0 31. alarm. The horn sounds and the 1. Insert the original, already
Q : Press to lock all doors. Press turn signals flash for 30 seconds, programmed key in the ignition
and hold the lock button to close all or until 7 is pressed again or the and turn the key to the ON/
windows. vehicle is started. RUN position.
The turn signal indicators may flash / : If equipped, press to operate 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
and/or the horn may sound to the remote start feature. See and remove the key.
indicate locking. Remote Vehicle Start 0 26. 3. Insert the new key to be
If the driver door is open when Q is The buttons on the transmitter are programmed and turn it to the
disabled when there is a key in the ON/RUN position within
pressed, all doors lock and the
ignition. five seconds.
driver door will immediately unlock,
if enabled through vehicle The security light will turn off
Programming Transmitters to
personalization. See Vehicle once the key has been
Personalization 0 113.
the Vehicle programmed.
If the passenger door is open when Only RKE transmitters programmed 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
Q is pressed, all doors lock. to the vehicle will work. If a keys are to be programmed.
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm replacement can be purchased and If a key is lost or damaged, see your
system. See Vehicle Alarm programmed through your dealer. dealer to have a new key made.
System 0 31. The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
10/21/15
Programming without a and all previously known keys

Recognized Transmitter will no longer work with the
Program a new key to the vehicle vehicle.
when a recognized key is not Remaining keys can be learned by
available. Canadian regulations following the procedure in
require that owners see their dealer. “Programming with a Recognized
If there are no currently recognized Transmitter.”
keys available, follow this procedure Battery Replacement
to program the first key.
This procedure will take Caution
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The When replacing the battery, do 2. Remove the battery cover by
vehicle must be off and all of the not touch any of the circuitry on prying it with a finger.
keys you wish to program must be the transmitter. Static from your
with you. body could damage the 3. Remove the battery by pushing
transmitter. on the battery and sliding it
1. Insert the new vehicle key into toward the key blade.
the ignition.
The battery is not rechargeable. To 4. Insert the new battery, positive
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security side facing up. Push the
light will come on. replace the battery:
battery down until it is held in
3. Wait 10 minutes until the 1. Press the button on the place. Replace with a CR 2032
security light turns off. transmitter to extend the key. or equivalent battery.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 5. Snap the battery cover back on
to the transmitter.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
10/21/15
Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the a 10-minute extension is desired.
performance of the transmitter. See Remote start can be extended
If equipped, this feature allows the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) only once.
engine to be started from outside System 0 23.
the vehicle. The key must be turned to ON/RUN
Starting the Vehicle before driving.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote To start the engine using the remote Extending Engine Run Time
start. start feature: For a 10-minute extension, repeat
The climate control system will use 1. Press and release Q. Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
the previous settings during a still running. An extension can be
2. Immediately after completing requested 30 seconds after starting.
remote start. The rear defogger and
heated seats may come on during Step 1, press and hold / for at
The remote start can be
remote start based on cold ambient least four seconds or until the extended once.
conditions. See Heated Front Seats turn signal lamps flash. The
0 50 and Vehicle turn signal lamps flashing When the remote start is extended,
Personalization 0 113. confirms the request to remote the second 10 minutes will start
start the vehicle has been immediately.
Laws in some local communities received.
may restrict the use of remote For example, if the engine has been
starters. For example, some laws When the vehicle starts, the parking running for five minutes, and
require a person using remote start lamps will turn on and remain on as 10 minutes are added, the engine
to have the vehicle in view. Check long as the engine is running. The will run for a total of 15 minutes.
local regulations for any doors will be locked and the climate A maximum of two remote starts,
requirements. control system may come on. or a single start with an extension,
If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not The engine will continue to run for is allowed between ignition cycles.
use the remote start feature. The 10 minutes unless a time extension The vehicle's ignition must be
vehicle may run out of fuel. is done or the ignition is turned on. turned on and then back off before
After 30 seconds, repeat the steps if the remote start procedure can be
used again.
10/21/15
Canceling a Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Warning (Continued)
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following: Door Locks death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
{ Warning whenever leaving it.
Unlocked doors can be . Outsiders can easily enter
. Turn on the hazard warning
dangerous. through an unlocked door
flashers. when slowing or stopping
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. . Passengers, especially the vehicle. Lock the doors
children, can easily open to help prevent this from
Conditions in Which Remote Start the doors and fall out of a happening.
Will Not Work moving vehicle. The chance
The remote vehicle start feature will of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the doors from
not operate if:
increased if the doors are outside the vehicle:
. The key is in the ignition.
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote
. The hood is not closed. passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
. safety belts properly and the
The hazard warning flashers . Use the key in the driver door.
doors should be locked
are on.
whenever the vehicle is To lock or unlock the doors from
. The malfunction indicator lamp driven. inside the vehicle:
is on.
. Young children who get into
. The engine coolant temperature
. Press Q or K on the power door
unlocked vehicles may be
is too high. unable to get out. A child lock switch.
. The oil pressure is low. can be overcome by . Pulling an interior door handle
extreme heat and can suffer will unlock the door. Pulling the
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a permanent injuries or even door handle again unlatches it.
single remote start with an
extension, have already (Continued)
been used.
10/21/15
Free-Turning Locks Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power

The door lock cylinder turns freely door lock switch while the door is
when either the wrong key is used, open, a chime will sound three
or the correct key is not fully times indicating delayed locking is
inserted. The free-turning door lock active.
feature prevents the lock from being The doors will lock automatically
forced open. five seconds after all doors are
To reset the lock, turn it to the closed. If a door is reopened before
vertical position with the correct key that time, the five-second timer will
fully inserted. Remove the key and reset when all doors are closed
insert it again. again.
If this does not reset the lock, turn Press Q on the door lock switch
the key halfway around in the again or press Q on the RKE
cylinder and repeat the reset
The central locking switch locks and transmitter to lock the doors
procedure.
unlocks both doors, the trunk, and immediately.
the fuel door. This feature can also be
K : Press to unlock. programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 113.
Q : Press to lock.
Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
This feature delays the locking of when all doors are closed, the
the doors until five seconds after all ignition is on, and the shift lever is
doors are closed. moved out of P (Park).
To unlock the doors:
. Press K on the power door lock
switch.
10/21/15

. Shift the transmission into
P (Park).
Doors Warning (Continued)
Automatic door locking cannot be Trunk and set the fan speed to the
disabled. Automatic door unlocking highest setting. See
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 113. { Warning “Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped
Lockout Protection vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable
When locking is requested with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function.
driver door open and the key in the or with any objects that pass
See Engine Exhaust 0 232.
ignition, all the doors will lock and through the seal between the
then the driver door will unlock. This body and the trunk/hatch or
can be manually overridden by liftgate. Engine exhaust contains Trunk Release
pressing and holding Q on the carbon monoxide (CO) which To open the trunk, the vehicle must
power door lock switch. cannot be seen or smelled. It can be off or the shift lever must be in
cause unconsciousness and even P (Park).
If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned
death.
on, the vehicle is off with the driver
door open, and door locking is If the vehicle must be driven with
requested, all the doors will lock and the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
only the driver door will unlock. The . Close all of the windows.
Open Door Anti-Lockout feature can
be turned on or off. See Vehicle . Fully open the air outlets on
Personalization 0 113. or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
10/21/15
Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark

Handle emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow
following exposure to light. Pull the
release handle to open the trunk
from the inside.
After use, return to the stored
position.
. Press the lower half of the

emblem on the trunk lid.
. Press and hold V on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Caution
transmitter.
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
10/21/15
Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
This vehicle has theft-deterrent the key.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, convertible top, If the driver door is opened without
the vehicle impossible to steal.
or the trunk is open. first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
the turn signal lights will flash to
armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is
system. Arming the Alarm System not started, or the door is not
1. Close the trunk and the hood. unlocked by pressing K on the RKE
Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated.
two ways:
If a door, the hood, or the trunk is
. Use the RKE transmitter. opened without first disarming the
. With a door open, press the system, the turn signals will flash
inside Q. and the horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next
system will arm, and the unauthorized event.
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System
The indicator light, on the alarm system is operating. Do one of the following to disarm
instrument panel near the Pressing Q on the RKE the alarm system or turn off the
windshield, indicates the status of transmitter a second time will alarm if it has been activated:
the system: bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm . Press K and Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter.
system.
. Start the vehicle.
10/21/15
To avoid setting off the alarm by Immobilizer Operation When trying to start the vehicle, the
accident: security light comes on briefly when
This vehicle has a passive the ignition is turned on.
. Lock the vehicle after all theft-deterrent system.
occupants have left the vehicle If the engine does not start and the
and all doors are closed. The system does not have to be security light stays on, there is a
manually armed or disarmed. problem with the system. Turn the
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter. The vehicle is automatically ignition off and try again.
immobilized when the key is If the engine still does not start, and
Unlocking the driver door with the removed from the ignition.
key will not disarm the system or the key appears to be undamaged
turn off the alarm. The system is automatically or the light continues to stay on, try
disarmed when the vehicle is another ignition key.
How to Detect a Tamper started with the correct key. The key If the engine still does not start with
Condition uses a transponder that matches an the other key, the vehicle needs
immobilizer control unit in the service. If the vehicle does start, the
If K is pressed on the RKE vehicle and automatically disarms first key may be damaged. See your
transmitter and the horn chirps and the system. Only the correct key dealer who can service the
the turn signal lights flash three starts the vehicle. The vehicle may theft-deterrent system and have a
times, an alarm occurred previously not start if the key is damaged. new key made.
while the alarm system was armed.
Do not leave the key or device that
If the alarm has been activated, a
disarms or deactivates the
message will appear on the DIC.
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 356.
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
10/21/15
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors going through an automatic car

wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
Convex Mirrors to return it to the original position.
{ Warning Heated Mirrors

A convex mirror can make things, If equipped with heated mirrors:
like other vehicles, look farther = : The rear window defogger also
away than they really are. If you heats the outside mirrors.
cut too sharply into the right lane,
See Dual Automatic Climate Control
you could hit a vehicle on the
System 0 212.
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
1. Turn the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose
The passenger side mirror is convex the driver or passenger mirror.
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 2. Move the control to adjust the
curved so more can be seen from mirror.
the driver seat.
3. Turn the selector switch to 9
to deselect the mirror.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
inward to prevent damage when
10/21/15
Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning sound, open either a front window
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind the vehicle.
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Do not spray glass cleaner directly especially with the windows
Power Windows
on the mirror. Use a soft towel closed in warm or hot weather.
dampened with water. They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Automatic Dimming Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
Rearview Mirror from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never
The rearview mirror automatically leave keys in a vehicle with
dims to reduce the glare of the children. When there are children
headlamps from behind. This in the rear seat, use the window
feature comes on when the vehicle lockout button to prevent
is started. operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 21.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
10/21/15
Express Window Operation The central power window switch

will express-open all windows when
Windows with an express-down or
pressed. Pull to express-close.
up feature allow the windows to be
lowered or raised without holding Express Window Anti-Pinch
the switch. All door windows have Feature
the express-down feature. Front
door windows may also have the If any object is in the path of the
express-up feature. Pull a window window when the express-up is
switch up or push it down all the active, the window will stop at the
way, release it, and the window obstruction and auto-reverse to a
goes up or down automatically. Stop preset factory position. Weather
the window by pushing or pulling the conditions such as severe icing may
The power window switches on the switch. also cause the window to
driver door control all four windows. auto-reverse. The window will return
Each passenger door has a switch Central Power Window Switch to normal operation after the
that controls only that window. obstruction or condition is removed.
Press the switch to the first detent to Express Window Anti-Pinch

lower the window. Pull the switch up Override
to the first detent to raise it.
The switches work when the ignition { Warning
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained If express override is activated,
Accessory Power (RAP). See the window will not reverse
Retained Accessory Power automatically. You or others could
(RAP) 0 230. be injured and the window could
be damaged. Before you use
express override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
10/21/15
To override the anti-pinch feature, Programming the Power The window is now reprogrammed.
hold the window switch all the way Windows Repeat the process for the other
up to the second position. The windows.
window will raise for as long as the If the battery on the vehicle has
been recharged or disconnected,
switch is held. Once the switch is
or is not working, the windows with
Sun Visors
released, the express mode is
reactivated. the express-up feature will need to
be reprogrammed for the feature to
In this mode, the window can close work. Before reprogramming,
on an object in its path. Use care replace or recharge the vehicle's
when using the override mode. battery.
Window Indexing To program each front window:
Indexing lowers the window a small 1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or
amount when the door is opened. ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
When the door is closed, the Retained Accessory Power
window will raise fully. If the vehicle (RAP) is active, close all doors. Pull the sun visor down to block
loses power, you may need to glare. Detach the sun visor from the
2. Pull and hold the power
reprogram the windows. center mount to pivot to the side
window switch until the window
window or, if equipped, extend
Comfort Open is fully closed. Continue
along the rod.
holding the switch up for
To open the windows remotely, approximately two seconds
press and hold K on the RKE after the window is completely
transmitter until the windows closed.
fully open. 3. Press the power window switch
down until the window is fully
open. Continue holding the
switch down for approximately
two seconds after the window
is completely open.
10/21/15
Roof Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Convertible Top . Remove all objects from the . Do not open or store the
trunk that may contact the convertible top when it is
Review the following before convertible top when it is dirty or wet. This could
operating: operated. result in stains, mildew,
. or other damage.
{ Warning Do not leave the vehicle
with the convertible . Only store the vehicle with
While opening or closing the top open. the top fully closed.
convertible top, people can be . Do not exceed 50 km/h
injured by the moving parts of the (31 mph) until the top has Opening the Convertible Top
tonneau cover or convertible top. completely closed or
1. Place the partition in the rear
Maintain visual contact with the opened.
storage area in the upright
top while it is being operated. . Do not open or close the top position. See Rear
while driving in high wind Storage 0 89.
conditions.
Caution 2. Close the trunk.
. Do not operate the
3. Start the vehicle or place it in
Follow these guidelines when convertible top multiple
ACC/ACCESSORY.
operating the convertible top or times in a short period of
time without starting the 4. When possible, operate the
damage can occur:
engine to avoid draining the convertible top when the
. Remove all items from the vehicle battery. vehicle is stopped. The top can
roof, trunk lid, or tonneau be operated while driving
(Continued)
cover before operating. below 50 km/h (31 mph) and
(Continued) will stop if that speed is
exceeded. The top operation
will take approximately
10/21/15
25 seconds. Make sure the top If the radio is on, the sound may be
operation can be completed muted for a brief time due to a new
before that speed is reached. audio system equalization being
loaded.
Closing the Convertible Top
1. Make sure the sun visor mirror
covers are closed and the sun
visors are stored in the center
mount position.
2. Close the trunk.
3. Start the vehicle or place it in
ACC/ACCESSORY. 5. Press and hold the front of the
convertible top switch. The
4. When possible, operate the windows will automatically
convertible top when the lower.
5. Pull and hold the front of the vehicle is stopped. The top can
be operated while driving 6. After the convertible top is
convertible switch. The completely closed, a chime will
windows will automatically below 50 km/h (31 mph) and
will stop if that speed is sound. Release the switch.
lower.
exceeded. The top operation 7. Briefly pull the front of the
6. Continue holding until the will take approximately central power window switch to
convertible top is completely 25 seconds. Make sure the top close all windows.
open. A chime will sound. operation can be completed
Release the switch. before that speed is reached. If the radio is on, the sound may be
muted for a brief time due to a new
7. Briefly pull the front of the audio system equalization being
central power window switch to loaded.
close all windows.
10/21/15
Opening Convertible Top with . At cooler outside temperatures, Complete the power window
RKE Transmitter the convertible top may not indexing procedure. See Power
open. It is possible to close the Windows 0 34.
If equipped, press and hold the K top down to temperatures of
on the RKE transmitter until the Other features may be affected
about −20 °C (−4 °F). A DIC while operating the convertible top:
convertible top is completely open message will display if the top
and the tonneau cover is closed. All will not open due to low . The trunk can only be opened
windows will be opened during this temperature. If necessary, move with the key until the convertible
operation. The exterior lamps will the vehicle to a heated indoor top is completely opened or
flash when operation is completed. area to operate the top. closed.
Troubleshooting . If the top has recently been . The windows cannot close while
Check the following if the cycled repeatedly or left in an the top is moving.
convertible top switch is not intermediate state, it will be . When driving with the top not
operating: temporarily disabled. A DIC fully secured, chimes can be
message displays. Normal heard above 80 km/h (50 mph).
. The ignition should be in ACC/ operation will be restored within
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, 10 minutes after the system has If the vehicle battery has been
or Retained Accessory Power cooled. disconnected and reconnected, the
(RAP) should be active. fuses were pulled or replaced, or a
. If the vehicle battery is low, the jump start was performed, the TOP
. The trunk lid should be closed power top operation may be
and the trunk partition in place. NOT SECURE message may
disabled. Try to start the vehicle. display. Press and hold the
A DIC message will display. A DIC message displays. convertible top switch to open/close
. If the ONLY MANUAL . If the battery has recently been the top until this message is
OPERATION OF TOP reconnected or if the vehicle has cleared.
POSSIBLE message is been jump started, the top may
displayed on the DIC, see Partial Top Cycling
not operate until the power
“Manual Movement of Top” later windows have been indexed. If the convertible top operation is
in this section. stopped before completion, the top
will temporarily hold its position.
10/21/15
If the ignition is in ACC/ Manual Closing of Top

ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the top
If the DIC displays the ONLY
will be held for up to 10 minutes.
MANUAL OPERATION OF TOP
If the vehicle is moving or off, the
POSSIBLE message:
amount of time will vary from a few
seconds to about a minute. 1. Press and hold or pull and hold
the convertible top switch to
Chimes and DIC messages will be
either open or close the top.
displayed before the top will move.
Press or pull the switch in the
When this occurs, immediately finish
opposite direction if one does
the convertible top operation by
not work.
pressing the button again until it
completes. 2. If the top moves, continue
holding the switch in that 2. Open the trunk and pull the
If the top cannot be secured, keep
direction for at least tonneau cover release lever
clear of the top components. In
five seconds. The top should downward.
some conditions the top may move
then work normally.
quickly. 3. Close the trunk. The trunk
If the top does not respond in either cannot be opened from this
Do not drive with the convertible top
direction, use the following step forward.
in an unsecured position. The top
procedure to manually close the
components may move
convertible top and tonneau cover
unexpectedly. In some cases the
before servicing if needed. This
top may not be able to be power
requires more than one person.
operated. If this occurs, follow the
DIC messages displayed. There is a hex wrench in the
glovebox. There is also string in the
If the tonneau cover is not secured
glovebox for your dealer to manually
and latched, and the vehicle is
secure the top completely if needed.
moving above 10 km/h (6 mph), the
tonneau cover may automatically 1. Place the ignition switch
move to a stable position. in OFF.
10/21/15
5. With the tonneau cover being

held in the half raised position,
insert the hex wrench into the
marked position of the flap
drive unit. Turn the wrench
clockwise to the stop. The
sideways flaps will turn inward.
6. With an additional person,
raise tonneau cover to the fully
open position.
4. With an additional person, lift 8. Move the front bow to the

the tonneau cover from both windshield frame.
sides to approximately the half
raised position.
7. Lift the convertible top by

pulling up on both sides of the
front bow and tension bow.
10/21/15
9. Remove the cap covering the At this time the vehicle can be To protect the convertible top:
manual closure opening. There driven, however the convertible . Make sure the convertible top is
is a recess in the cap to snap it top is not latched at the rear completely dry before lowering it.
off using a tool. Insert the hex and will not be completely
wrench into the opening and waterproof. See your dealer to . Do not get any cleaner on the
then turn the wrench clockwise service the convertible top vehicle's painted finish; it could
until it stops. The convertible system. leave streaks.
top is now locked.
Cleaning the Convertible Top Wind Deflector
The convertible top should be
cleaned often. Do not use
high-pressure car washes as these
may cause water to enter the
vehicle.
Hand wash the convertible top in
partial shade. Use mild soap,
lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.
A chamois or cloth may leave lint on
the top, and a brush can chafe the
threads in the top fabric. Do not use
detergents, harsh cleaners,
10. Lift up the tension bow on both solvents, or bleaching agents.
There are two wind deflectors in a
sides and raise the tonneau Wet the entire top and let the soap stowage bag behind the rear seat
cover to approximately the half remain on the fabric for a few backrests. See Rear Seats 0 51.
raised position and then allow it minutes. Wash evenly to avoid
to slide into the closed position. . The small wind deflector can be
spots or rings. When the top is very
dirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner. placed between the rear head
11. Lower the tension bow.
Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle, restraints.
then let the top dry in direct sunlight. . The large wind deflector can be
placed behind the front seats.
10/21/15
Do not place any objects on the

wind deflectors.
Small Wind Deflector
2. Insert the deflector into the 1. Turn the upper locking pins out
deflector mount. of the brackets on the wind
3. Slide the deflector to the right deflector.
side of the vehicle until it locks. 2. Lift the tabs to open the lower
1. Remove the cover from the 4. Raise the rear seatbacks. locking pins.
mount between the rear head 3. Open the wind deflector.
restraints by sliding it to the left Reverse steps to remove the small
vehicle side. wind deflector.
Large Wind Deflector
The rear seat cannot be occupied
when the large wind deflector is
in use.
10/21/15
4. Insert the right side pins into 7. Fold the front half of the 2. Insert top of bag in the stowage
the trim recesses. deflector to the vertical compartment, align remainder
5. Slightly fold the deflector at the position. of bag to fit and secure with
center hinge and insert the left Reverse steps 1–7 to remove the straps.
pins into the trim recesses. large wind deflector. Rollover Protection System
6. Push center of the deflector Stowing the Wind Deflectors The rollover protection system
down to fully engage the pins. consists of a reinforced windscreen
1. After stowing both deflectors in
the stowage bag, lower rear frame and anti-roll bars under
seatbacks. covers behind the rear head
restraints.
10/21/15
The soft top must not be operated if

the anti-roll bars have been
deployed. A continuous warning will
sound and a message appears in
the DIC if the switch is actuated.
In the event of a vehicle rollover,

head-on collision or side impact, the
anti-roll bars deploy upwards
automatically within milliseconds.
They also deploy together with the
front and side airbag systems.
Do not place any objects on the
covers of the anti-roll bars behind
the head restraints.
The airbag control indicator 9
illuminates if the anti-roll bars have
been deployed.
The system deploys with the soft
top opened or closed.
10/21/15
46 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 60
When Should an Airbag
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
How Does an Airbag
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 48 What Will You See after an
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Passenger Sensing System . . . 64
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68
Safety Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 72
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 74
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 76
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 77
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 58 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
10/21/15
Seats and Restraints 47
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
the head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
height as the top of the occupant's locked in place.
{ Warning head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats
there is a greater chance that The vehicle's front seats have
occupants will suffer a neck/ adjustable head restraints in the
spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions.
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To adjust the head restraint forward,

grasp the head restraint and pull
forward to the desired locked
position. To adjust the head restraint
rearward, grasp the head restraint
and pull forward fully, until the
mechanism releases and allows the
To raise or lower the head restraint, head restraint to return to the full
press the button on the side of the rear position.
head restraint, and pull up or push
the head restraint down, and
release the button. Pull and push on
10/21/15
Active Head Restraints Rear Seats Front Seats

Your vehicle has an Active Head The vehicle’s rear seats have
Restraint System in the front non-adjustable head restraints in the Power Seat Adjustment
outboard seating positions. These outboard seating positions.
automatically activate to reduce the Power Driver Seat Adjustment
The rear head restraints are
risk of neck injury if the vehicle is hit designed to be removed. See “Head
from behind. Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
{ Warning and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 77.
If your head restraint has been
activated due to a rear collision, If you are installing a child restraint
you must return the vehicle to the in the rear seat, see “Securing a
dealer for inspection and Child Restraint Designed for the
re-setting or replacement of the LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
system.
(LATCH System) 0 77.
To adjust a power driver seat,

if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the control up or down.
10/21/15
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks . Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Power Lumbar
{ Warning { Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden Sitting in a reclined position when
stop or crash. That could cause the vehicle is in motion can be
injury to the person sitting there. dangerous. Even when buckled
Always push and pull on the up, the safety belts cannot do
seatbacks to be sure they are their job.
locked. The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
If equipped, press and hold the front The lap belt could go up over
of the switch to increase lumbar your abdomen. The belt forces
support, or the rear of the switch to would be there, not at your pelvic
decrease lumbar support. bones. This could cause serious
To adjust the height of the support, internal injuries.
press and hold the top or bottom of For proper protection when the
the switch. Release the switch when vehicle is in motion, have the
the seatback reaches the desired
seatback upright. Then sit well
level of lumbar support.
back in the seat and wear the
To adjust the power seatback: safety belt properly.
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
10/21/15
To fold the seatback, lift the release Heated Front Seats

lever and fold the seatback forward.
The seat will slide forward.
To raise, lift the seatback to its
{ Warning
upright position until the seat locks. If you cannot feel temperature
The seat will slide back to the change or pain to the skin, the
original position. seat heater may cause burns. To
In case the seatback cannot fold reduce the risk of burns, people
and is blocked by the head restraint, with such a condition should use
move the seat backward or care when using the seat heater,
downward slightly, or adjust the especially for long periods of
head restraint to a lower position. time. Do not place anything on
Do not have a seatback reclined if See Power Seat Adjustment 0 48 or the seat that insulates against
the vehicle is moving. Head Restraints 0 47. heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
Seatback Latches Obstructions
cause the seat heater to
If the seat encounters an overheat. An overheated seat
obstruction or resistance while heater may cause a burn or may
sliding forward or backward, the damage the seat.
action is stopped and the seat will
move in the opposite direction.
10/21/15
Remote Start Heated Seats Rear Seats

When it is cold outside, the heated
Either side of the rear seatback can
seats can be turned on
be folded for more cargo space or to
automatically during a remote
access the wind deflector bag.
vehicle start. The heated seats will
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the heated seat { Warning
controls to use the heated seats
after the vehicle is started. Take care when operating the
foldable rear seats. The rear
The heated seat indicator lights on seatback folds forward with
the control do not turn on during a considerable power which can
remote start. cause injury, particularly to
If equipped, the controls are on the
climate control panel. The engine The temperature performance of an children. Ensure that nothing is
must be running to operate the unoccupied seat may be reduced. attached to the rear seats or on
heated seats. This is normal. the seat cushion.
Press M or L to heat the driver or The heated seats will not turn on
passenger seat cushion and during a remote start unless the
seatback. heated seat feature is enabled in Caution
the vehicle personalization menu.
Press the control once for the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 26 and Folding a rear seat with the safety
highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Personalization 0 113. belts still fastened may cause
the control, the heated seat will damage to the seat or the safety
change to the next lower setting, belts. Always unbuckle the safety
and then the off setting. Three lights belts and return them to their
indicate the highest setting and one normal stowed position before
light the lowest. folding a rear seat.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
10/21/15
To fold the rear seatbacks: 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other
1. Remove the wind deflector if seatback, if necessary. { Warning
installed. To raise the seatback: If the seatback is not locked, it
2. Move the front seats forward or could move forward in a sudden
remove the rear head { Warning stop or crash. That could cause
restraints. See Power Seat injury to the person sitting there.
Adjustment 0 48 or Lower A safety belt that is improperly Always pull forward on the top of
Anchors and Tethers for routed, not properly attached, the seatback at the area of the
Children (LATCH System) 0 77 or twisted will not provide the latch to be sure it is locked.
for head restraint removal protection needed in a crash. The
instructions. Store the head person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the 2. Push and pull on the seatback
restraints in the cargo area.
rear seatback, always check to be to make sure it is locked into
position.
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and 3. Reinstall the head restraints,
are not twisted. if necessary. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77
1. Lift the seatback up and push it for head restraint reinstallation
rearward until it latches into instructions.
place. Keep the safety belts
clear of the seatback and 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
untwisted. seatback, if necessary
Keep the seat in the upright locked
position when not in use.
3. Pull the release switch in the
trunk to fold the rear
seatback down.
4. Fold the seatback forward.
10/21/15
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section of the manual vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
{ Warning check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
Do not let anyone ride where a you stop over a longer distance and,
safety belt cannot be worn when worn properly, your strongest
properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 0 100.
safety belts makes such good
worse than if you are wearing Why Safety Belts Work sense.
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About
inside the vehicle harder or by Safety Belts
being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a
buckled up can strike other safety belt?
passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are
It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a safety belt or not.
in a cargo area, inside or outside Your chance of being conscious
of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you
passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is
are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted.
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
10/21/15
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts — not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if
all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash.
requires wearing safety belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children. And . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
Children 0 70 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
Children 0 72. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
10/21/15
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock Pull up on the latch plate to
if you pull the belt across you make sure it is secure. If the
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let belt is not long enough, see
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to Safety Belt Extender 0 57.
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt Position the release button on
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly. the buckle so that the safety
properly. If the shoulder portion of a belt could be quickly unbuckled
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all if necessary.
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
straight. To see how, see locking feature may be
“Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull

up on the shoulder belt.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
10/21/15
Before a door is closed, be sure the The presenter may automatically

safety belt is out of the way. If a retract when any of the following
door is slammed against a safety occur:
belt, damage can occur to both the . The respective door is opened
safety belt and the vehicle. again.
Safety Belt Presenter . The key is removed from
The safety belt presenters bring the ignition.
front outboard safety belts to the . The respective latch plate is
front to help fasten them. inserted into the buckle.
. A time-out of 45 seconds
elapsed.
To unlatch the belt, push the button . The vehicle is driven longer than
on the buckle. The belt should
15 seconds with a speed of
return to its stowed position.
more than 3 mph.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt presenter does not
If the safety belt webbing returns
retract automatically, push it back
quickly to the stowed position, the
slightly.
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the Safety Belt Pretensioners
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then This vehicle has safety belt
release it. If the webbing is still pretensioners for front and rear
locked in the retractor, see your The presenter comes out when: outboard occupants. Although the
dealer. . The respective door is closed safety belt pretensioners cannot be
seen, they are part of the safety belt
and the ignition is turned on.
assembly. They can help tighten the
. The ignition is on and the door is safety belts during the early stages
closed. of a moderate to severe frontal,
near frontal, or rear crash if the
10/21/15
threshold conditions for pretensioner Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a
activation are met. Safety belt crash. For pregnant women, as for
pretensioners can also help tighten
Pregnancy anyone, the key to making safety
the safety belts in a side crash or a Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them
rollover event. including pregnant women. Like all properly.
Pretensioners work only once. If the occupants, they are more likely to
pretensioners activate in a crash, be seriously injured if they do not Safety Belt Extender
the pretensioners and probably wear safety belts.
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
other parts of the vehicle's safety around you, you should use it.
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System But if a safety belt is not long
Parts after a Crash 0 58. enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
Rear Safety Belt Comfort order it, take the heaviest coat you
Guides will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
Rear safety belt comfort guides may personal injury, do not let someone
provide added safety belt comfort else use it, and use it only for the
for older children who have seat it is made to fit. The extender
outgrown booster seats and for has been designed for adults. Never
some adults. When installed on a use it for securing child seats. To
shoulder belt, the comfort guide wear it, attach it to the regular safety
positions the belt away from the A pregnant woman should wear a belt. For more information, see the
neck and head. lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with
Comfort guides are available portion should be worn as low as the extender.
through your dealer for the rear possible, below the rounding,
outboard seating positions. throughout the pregnancy.
Instructions are included with the The best way to protect the fetus is
comfort guide. to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
10/21/15
Safety System Check After a minor crash, replacement of

{ Warning safety belts may not be necessary.
Now and then, check that the safety But the safety belt assemblies that
belt reminder light, safety belts, Do not bleach or dye safety belts. were used during any crash may
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and It may severely weaken them. In have been stressed or damaged.
anchorages are all working properly. a crash, they might not be able to See your dealer to have the safety
Look for any other loose or provide adequate protection. belt assemblies inspected or
damaged safety belt system parts Clean safety belts only with mild replaced.
that might keep a safety belt system soap and lukewarm water.
from doing its job. See your dealer New parts and repairs may be
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed necessary even if the safety belt
safety belts may not protect you in a Replacing Safety Belt system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
crash. They can rip apart under System Parts after a
impact forces. If a belt is torn or Have the safety belt pretensioners
frayed, get a new one right away.
Crash
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
{ Warning stays on after you start the vehicle
Reminders 0 100. or while you are driving. See Airbag
A crash can damage the safety Readiness Light 0 101.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. belt system in the vehicle.
See Safety Belt Care 0 58. A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
Safety Belt Care person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
Keep belts clean and dry.
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
10/21/15
Airbag System For seat-mounted side impact

airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has the following side of the seatback closest to
airbags: the door. Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
. A frontal airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement hitting things inside the vehicle or
. A frontal airbag for the front the protection provided by safety being ejected from it. Airbags are
outboard passenger. belts. Even though today's airbags “supplemental restraints” to the
are also designed to help reduce safety belts. Everyone in the
. A knee airbag for the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
vehicle should wear a safety belt
. A knee airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
properly, whether or not there is
outboard passenger. very quickly to do their job.
an airbag for that person.
. A seat-mounted side impact Here are the most important things
airbag for the driver. to know about the airbag system:
. A seat-mounted side impact { Warning
airbag for the front outboard { Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
passenger.
You can be severely injured or force and faster than the blink of
All vehicle airbags have the word killed in a crash if you are not an eye, anyone who is up
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label wearing your safety belt, even against, or very close to, any
near the deployment opening. with airbags. Airbags are airbag when it inflates can be
For frontal airbags, the word designed to work with safety seriously injured or killed. Do not
AIRBAG is on the center of the belts, not replace them. Also, sit unnecessarily close to any
steering wheel for the driver and on airbags are not designed to inflate airbag, as you would be if sitting
the instrument panel for the front in every crash. In some crashes on the edge of the seat or leaning
outboard passenger. safety belts are the only restraint. forward. Safety belts help keep
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG See When Should an Airbag you in position before and during
is on the lower part of the Inflate? 0 61. a crash. Always wear the safety
instrument panel. (Continued) (Continued)
10/21/15
The driver frontal airbag is in the

Warning (Continued) center of the steering wheel.
belt, even with airbags. The driver The front outboard passenger
should sit as far back as possible frontal airbag is in the passenger
while still maintaining control of side instrument panel.
the vehicle. The safety belts and
There is an airbag readiness light
the front outboard passenger
on the instrument cluster, which
airbags are most effective when
shows the airbag symbol. The
you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
Occupants should not lean on or problem. See Airbag Readiness
sleep against the door or side Light 0 101.
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted airbags. Where Are the Airbags?
{ Warning The driver knee airbag is below the

steering column. The front outboard
Children who are up against, passenger knee airbag is below the
or very close to, any airbag when glove box.
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 70 or
Infants and Young Children 0 72.
10/21/15
severity of the impact. Deployment

Warning (Continued) thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an Frontal airbags are designed to
airbag, and do not attach or put inflate in moderate to severe frontal
anything on the steering wheel or near frontal crashes to help
hub or on or near any other reduce the potential for severe
airbag covering. injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
Do not use seat accessories that and chest.
block the inflation path of a
Whether the frontal airbags will or
seat-mounted side impact airbag. should inflate is not based primarily
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
Side Similar It depends on what is hit, the
When Should an Airbag
The driver and front outboard direction of the impact, and how
passenger seat-mounted side Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down.
impact airbags are in the sides of This vehicle is equipped with Frontal airbags may inflate at
the seatbacks closest to the door. airbags. See Airbag System 0 59. different crash speeds depending on
Airbags are designed to inflate if the whether the vehicle hits an object
{ Warning impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
If something is between an Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
occupant and an airbag, the predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
airbag might not inflate properly to be in time for the airbags to
or it might force the object into inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
that person causing severe injury
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
or even death. The path of an
airbag system determine the impacts.
inflating airbag must be kept
(Continued)
10/21/15
In addition, the vehicle has What Makes an Airbag But airbags would not help in many
advanced technology frontal types of collisions, primarily
airbags. Advanced technology
Inflate? because the occupant's motion is
frontal airbags adjust the restraint In a deployment event, the sensing not toward those airbags. See When
according to crash severity. system sends an electrical signal Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 61.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate triggering a release of gas from the Airbags should never be regarded
in moderate to severe frontal or inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the as anything more than a supplement
near frontal impacts. Knee airbags airbag causing the bag to break out to safety belts.
are not designed to inflate during of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
the airbag module.
What Will You See after
or in many side impacts.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
an Airbag Inflates?
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
the Airbags? 0 60. After the frontal and seat-mounted
are designed to inflate in moderate
side impact airbags inflate, they
to severe side crashes depending
How Does an Airbag quickly deflate, so quickly that some
on the location of the impact.
people may not even realize the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags Restrain? airbags inflated. Some components
are not designed to inflate in frontal
In moderate to severe frontal or of the airbag module may be hot for
impacts, near frontal impacts,
near frontal collisions, even belted several minutes. For location of the
rollovers, or rear impacts.
occupants can contact the steering airbags, see Where Are the
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags? 0 60.
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck. moderate to severe side collisions, The parts of the airbag that come
even belted occupants can contact into contact with you may be warm,
In any particular crash, no one can the inside of the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. There may
say whether an airbag should have
Airbags supplement the protection be some smoke and dust coming
inflated simply because of the
provided by safety belts by from the vents in the deflated
vehicle damage or repair costs.
distributing the force of the impact airbags. Airbag inflation does not
more evenly over the prevent the driver from seeing out of
occupant's body.
10/21/15
the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to
the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined inflate the airbag, windshields are
people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors, broken by vehicle deformation.
and turn off the interior lamps and Additional windshield breakage may
{ Warning hazard warning flashers by using
the controls for those features.
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
When an airbag inflates, there Turning off the hazard warning . Airbags are designed to inflate
may be dust in the air. This dust flasher requires an ignition cycle only once. After an airbag
could cause breathing problems first. inflates, you will need some new
for people with a history of parts for the airbag system.
asthma or other breathing trouble. { Warning If you do not get them, the
To avoid this, everyone in the airbag system will not be there
vehicle should get out as soon as A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another
it is safe to do so. If you have the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include
breathing problems but cannot damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly
get out of the vehicle after an the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual
airbag inflates, then get fresh air system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need
by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts.
If you experience breathing appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing
problems following an airbag moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which
deployment, you should seek concealed damage that could records information after a
medical attention. make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data
the vehicle. Recording and Privacy 0 357
Use caution if you should attempt and Event Data
The vehicle has a feature that may
to restart the engine after a crash Recorders 0 358.
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians
warning flashers, and shut off the work on the airbag system.
fuel system after the airbags inflate. Improper service can mean that
The feature may also activate,
10/21/15
the airbag system will not work The roll bars deploy with the The words ON and OFF will be
properly. See your dealer for convertible top open or closed. If the visible during the system check.
service. roll bars deploy, do not operate the When the system check is
convertible top. complete, either the word ON or the
Roll Bars Do not place any objects on the word OFF will be visible. See
covers of the roll bars behind the Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 101.
{ Warning head restraints.
Have the roll bars checked if the The passenger sensing system
Vehicle rollovers are turns off the front outboard
vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
unpredictable and dangerous passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag readiness light stays on after
events that may result in injury or starting or driving the vehicle. See airbag under certain conditions. No
death regardless of the roll bar or Airbag Readiness Light 0 101. other airbag is affected by the
any other feature. No feature can passenger sensing system.
fully protect an occupant in every Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system
crash, including a rollover. works with sensors that are part of
System the front outboard passenger seat.
The roll bars are under covers The vehicle has a passenger The sensors are designed to detect
behind the rear head restraints. The sensing system for the front the presence of a properly seated
roll bars are designed to deploy if outboard passenger position. The occupant and determine if the front
the sensing system predicts that the passenger airbag status indicator outboard passenger frontal airbag
vehicle is about to roll over on its will light on the center stack when and knee airbag should be allowed
side. In addition, the roll bars are the vehicle is started. to inflate or not.
designed to deploy in moderate to According to accident statistics,
severe side crashes depending on children are safer when properly
the location of the impact, as well as secured in a rear seat in the correct
in a severe frontal impact. Roll bars child restraint for their weight
are not designed to deploy in rear and size.
impacts.
10/21/15
Whenever possible, children age . A front outboard passenger

12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued) takes his/her weight off of the
a rear seating position. seat for a period of time.
deploy under some unusual
Never put a rear-facing child seat in circumstance, even though the . There is a critical problem with
the front. This is because the risk to airbag(s) are off. the airbag system or the
the rear-facing child is so great, passenger sensing system.
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
{ Warning the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag, the off indicator
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
will light and stay lit as a reminder
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far that the airbags are off. See
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to Passenger Airbag Status
airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear Indicator 0 101.
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child The passenger sensing system is
restraint would be very close to
when a rear seat is not available. designed to turn on the front
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can and knee airbag anytime the system
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is senses that a person of adult size is
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front sitting properly in the front outboard
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag passenger seat. When the
forward position. and knee airbag if: passenger sensing system has
Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger allowed the airbags to be enabled,
system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied. the on indicator will light and stay lit
outboard passenger airbag(s), no as a reminder that the airbags are
. The system determines that an active.
system is fail-safe. No one can infant is present in a child
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint. For some children, including
(Continued) children in child restraints and for
very small adults, the passenger
10/21/15
sensing system may or may not turn and knee airbag if the system sure that the vehicle seatback
off the front outboard passenger determines that an infant is present is not pushing the child
frontal airbag and knee airbag, in a child restraint. If a child restraint restraint into the seat cushion.
depending upon the person's has been installed and the on Also make sure the child
seating posture and body build. indicator is lit: restraint is not trapped under
Everyone in the vehicle who has 1. Turn the vehicle off. the vehicle head restraint.
outgrown child restraints should If this happens, adjust the head
wear a safety belt properly — 2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle. restraint. See Head
whether or not there is an airbag for Restraints 0 47.
that person. 3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets, 6. Restart the vehicle.
{ Warning cushions, seat covers, seat The passenger sensing system may
heaters, or seat massagers. or may not turn off the airbag(s) for
If the airbag readiness light ever a child in a child restraint depending
comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions upon the child’s size. It is better to
that something may be wrong secure the child restraint in a rear
provided by the child restraint
with the airbag system. To help seat. Never put a rear-facing child
manufacturer and refer to
avoid injury to yourself or others, Securing Child Restraints restraint in the front seat, even if the
have the vehicle serviced right (Rear Seat) 0 84 or Securing on indicator is not lit.
away. See Airbag Readiness Child Restraints (Front
Light 0 101 for more information, Passenger Seat) 0 86.
including important safety
information. 5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
Child Restraint slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
The passenger sensing system is
cushion, if adjustable, to make
designed to turn off the front
10/21/15
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers. Also, remove Additional Factors Affecting
Adult-Sized Occupant laptops, or other electronic System Operation
devices.
Safety belts help keep the
3. Place the seatback in the fully passenger in position on the seat
upright position. during vehicle maneuvers and
4. Have the person sit upright in braking, which helps the passenger
the seat, centered on the seat sensing system maintain the
cushion, with legs comfortably passenger airbag status. See
extended. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
5. Restart the vehicle and have information about the importance of
the person remain in this proper restraint use.
position for two to
three minutes after the on A thick layer of additional material,
indicator is lit. such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
If a person of adult size is sitting in seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
the front outboard passenger seat, { Warning massagers can affect how well the
but the off indicator is lit, it could be passenger sensing system
because that person is not sitting If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an operates. We recommend that you
properly in the seat. Use the not use seat covers or other
following steps to allow the system adult-sized occupant, the airbag
aftermarket equipment except when
to detect that person and enable the will not be able to inflate and help
approved by GM for your specific
front outboard passenger frontal protect that person in a crash,
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
airbag and knee airbag: resulting in an increased risk of the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68
serious injury or even death. An for more information about
1. Turn the vehicle off.
adult-sized occupant should not modifications that can affect how
2. Remove any additional material ride in the front outboard the system operates.
from the seat, such as passenger seat, if the passenger
blankets, cushions, seat airbag off indicator is lit.
covers, seat heaters, or seat
10/21/15
A wet seat can affect the or other electronic device is put on

performance of the passenger an unoccupied seat. If this is not { Warning
sensing system. Here is how: desired remove the object from
the seat. For up to 10 seconds after the
. The passenger sensing system vehicle is turned off and the
may turn off the passenger battery is disconnected, an airbag
airbag(s) when liquid is soaked { Warning can still inflate during improper
into the seat. If this happens, the service. You can be injured if you
off indicator will be lit, and the Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the are close to an airbag when it
airbag readiness light on the
passenger seat cushion and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
instrument panel will also be lit.
seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the
. Liquid pooled on the seat that airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper operation of the passenger
has not soaked in may make it proper service procedures, and
sensing system.
more likely that the passenger make sure the person performing
sensing system will turn on the work for you is qualified to do so.
passenger airbag(s) while a Servicing the
child restraint or child occupant
is on the seat. If the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to the
airbag(s) are turned on, the on Airbags affect how the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
indicator will be lit. should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several Adding accessories that change the
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry vehicle's frame, bumper system,
the seat immediately. If the airbag places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have height, front end, or side sheet
readiness light is lit, do not install a metal, may keep the airbag system
child restraint or allow anyone to information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To from working properly. The
occupy the seat. See Airbag operation of the airbag system can
Readiness Light 0 101 for important purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering also be affected by changing or
safety information. moving any parts of the front seats,
Information 0 355.
The on indicator may be lit if an safety belts, the airbag sensing and
object, such as a briefcase, diagnostic module, steering wheel,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop, instrument panel, any of the airbag
10/21/15
modules, roll bars, front sensors, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
side impact sensors, or airbag See Passenger Sensing Caution
wiring. System 0 64.
If an airbag covering is damaged,
Your dealer and the service manual If you have to modify your vehicle opened, or broken, the airbag
have information about the location because you have a disability and may not work properly. Do not
of the airbag sensors, sensing and you have questions about whether open or break the airbag
diagnostic module, and airbag the modifications will affect the coverings. If there are any
wiring. vehicle's airbag system, or if you opened or broken airbag
In addition, the vehicle has a have questions about whether the
coverings, have the airbag
passenger sensing system for the airbag system will be affected if the
covering and/or airbag module
front outboard passenger position, vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance. replaced. For the location of the
which includes sensors that are part airbags, see Where Are the
of the passenger seat. The See Customer Assistance
Offices 0 348. Airbags? 0 60. See your dealer
passenger sensing system may not for service.
operate properly if the original seat The vehicle has roll bars. See
trim is replaced with non-GM Different Size Tires and
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with Wheels 0 304. Replacing Airbag System
GM covers, upholstery, or trim Parts after a Crash
designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad The airbag system does not need { Warning
or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag A crash can damage the airbag
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the readiness light is working. See systems in the vehicle.
passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 0 101. A damaged airbag system may
could either prevent proper not work properly and may not
deployment of the passenger protect you and your
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
sensing system from properly (Continued)
10/21/15
Warning (Continued) Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that

come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
in serious injury or even death. To Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a
help make sure the airbag lap-shoulder belt until the child
systems are working properly passes the fit test below:
after a crash, have them
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
possible.
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to Does the shoulder belt rest on
replace airbag system parts. See the shoulder? If yes, continue.
your dealer for service. If no, try using the rear safety
If the airbag readiness light stays on belt comfort guide, if equipped.
after the vehicle is started or comes See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
on when you are driving, the airbag Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
Older children who have outgrown
system may not work properly. Have 0 55. If a comfort guide is not
booster seats should wear the
the vehicle serviced right away. See available, or if the shoulder belt
vehicle safety belts.
Airbag Readiness Light 0 101. still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
10/21/15

. Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
wear safety belts? properly.
A: An older child should wear a

lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
additional restraint a shoulder Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
This applies belt force to the Never allow a child to wear the
must be used by only one person
child's pelvic bones in a crash. safety belt with the shoulder belt
It should never be worn over the at a time.
behind their back. A child can be
abdomen, which could cause seriously injured by not wearing
severe or even fatal internal the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
injuries in a crash. crash, the child would not be
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort restrained by the shoulder belt.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder The child could move too far
Belt 0 55. forward increasing the chance of
According to accident statistics, head and neck injury. The child
children are safer when properly might also slide under the lap
restrained in a rear seating position. belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)
10/21/15
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
go over the shoulder and across its airbag system is designed
the chest.
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash.
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only
wrapped around a child’s neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a
Infants and Young tightened around a child’s neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
Children the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant should be
to cut it. secured in an appropriate
Everyone in a vehicle needs restraint.
protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
10/21/15
restraint will have a label saying

that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
{ Warning
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
{ Warning
A: Add-on child restraints, which To reduce the risk of neck and
Children who are up against,
are purchased by the vehicle head injury in a crash, infants and
or very close to, any airbag when toddlers should be secured in a
it inflates can be seriously injured owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age
or killed. Never put a rear-facing two, or until they reach the
child restraint in the front restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits
outboard seat. Secure a of their child restraint.
weight, height, and age but also
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
whether or not the restraint will
seat. It is also better to secure a be compatible with the motor
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning
For most basic types of child
forward-facing child restraint in A young child's hip bones are still
restraints, there are many
the front outboard seat, always so small that the vehicle's regular
different models available. When
move the front passenger seat as purchasing a child restraint, be safety belt may not remain low on
far back as it will go. sure it is designed to be used in (Continued)
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
10/21/15
Warning (Continued)
Child Restraint Systems
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should Forward-Facing Child Seat
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints. Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness.
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
10/21/15
important, so if they are not

Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured
LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a
instructions that came with that collision or sudden stop and injure
child restraint and the instructions people in the vehicle. Be sure to
in this manual. properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
In some areas of the United States
the child restraint must be secured
and Canada, Certified Child
Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint
Passenger Safety Technicians
A booster seat is a child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
designed to improve the fit of the seats by lap belts or the lap belt
and demonstrate how to correctly
vehicle's safety belt system. portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
use and install child restraints. In
A booster seat can also help a child the LATCH system. See Lower
the U.S., refer to the National
to see out the window. Anchors and Tethers for Children
Highway Traffic Safety
(LATCH System) 0 77. Children can
Administration (NHTSA) website to
Securing an Add-On Child be endangered in a crash if the child
locate the nearest child safety seat
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint is not properly secured in
inspection station. For CPST
the vehicle.
availability in Canada, check with
{ Warning When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office.
A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which
killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a
restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual.
the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are
(Continued)
10/21/15
Securing the Child Within the

Child Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued)
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
{ Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure
A child can be seriously injured or
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat.
killed in a crash if the child is not
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System
properly secured in the child
restraint would be very close to 0 64 for additional information.
restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
that came with that child restraint. When securing a child restraint in a
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
restraint to make sure it is
forward position.
Restraint compatible with this vehicle.
Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats
children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
vary considerably in size, and some
properly restrained in a child passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
restraint system or infant restraint system is fail-safe. No one can better than others.
system secured in a rear seating guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
position.
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
Whenever possible, children aged turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
12 and under should be secured in to access adjacent safety belt
a rear seating position. Secure rear-facing child restraints assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag additional passengers or child
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to is off. If you secure a restraints. Adjacent seating
the rear-facing child is so great if the forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the
airbag deploys. (Continued)
10/21/15
child restraint prevents access to or attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must
interferes with the routing of the rear-facing and forward-facing child never be attached using only the top
safety belt. seats can be properly installed tether.
Wherever a child restraint is using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
installed, be sure to secure the child the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
restraint properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
Keep in mind that an unsecured a rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can move around in a alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the vehicle — even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
in it. recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the
Lower Anchors and booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors
(LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this
The LATCH system secures a child case, the safety belt must be used
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to
LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Rear
restraint to the anchors in the manual. Seat) 0 84 or Securing Child
vehicle. This system is designed to When installing a child restraint with Restraints (Front Passenger
make installation of a child restraint a top tether, you must also use Seat) 0 86.
easier. either the lower anchors or the
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
10/21/15
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I : Seating positions with top
tether to the anchor. tether anchors.
10/21/15
H : Seating positions with two There are top tether anchor symbols According to accident statistics,
lower anchors. to assist you in locating the top children and infants are safer when
tether anchors properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 76 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{ Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
The rear outboard seating positions not attached to anchors, the child
have exposed metal lower anchors The top tether anchors are located restraint will not be able to protect
in the openings below the crease on the backside of the rear
the child correctly. In a crash, the
between the seatback and the seat seatbacks. Be sure to use an
child could be seriously injured or
cushion. anchor on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position killed. Install a LATCH-type child
where the child restraint will be restraint properly using the
placed. anchors, or use the vehicle's
safety belts to secure the
Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint, following the instructions
position without a top tether anchor that came with the child restraint
if a national or local law requires
and the instructions in this
that the top tether be attached, or if
manual.
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
10/21/15
{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution

To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck. Do not let the LATCH
fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and attachments rub against the
not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck, vehicle’s safety belts. This may
restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is damage these parts. If necessary,
Attaching more than one child to cut it. move buckled safety belts to
restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts avoid rubbing the LATCH
cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so attachments.
to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull Do not fold the rear seatback
during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out when the seat is occupied. Do not
could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock, fold the empty rear seat with a
and tighten the belt behind the safety belt buckled. This could
child restraint after the child damage the safety belt or the
{ Warning restraint has been installed. seat. Unbuckle and return the
Children can be seriously injured safety belt to its stowed position,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is before folding the seat.
wrapped around their neck. The { Warning
shoulder belt can tighten but Take care when operating the If you need to secure more than one
cannot be loosened if it is locked. child restraint in the rear seat, see
foldable rear seats. The rear
The shoulder belt locks when it is Where to Put the Restraint 0 76.
seatback folds forward with
pulled all the way out of the considerable power which can This system is designed to make
retractor. It unlocks when the cause injury, particularly to installation of child restraints easier.
shoulder belt is allowed to go all children. Ensure that nothing is When using lower anchors, do not
the way back into the retractor, attached to the rear seats or on use the vehicle's safety belts.
but it cannot do this if it is the seat cushion. Instead use the vehicle's lower
(Continued) anchors and child restraint
attachments to secure the restraints.
10/21/15
Some restraints also use another

vehicle anchor to secure a top
tether.
1. For rear seating positions,
if the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” at the end of If you are using a single
this section. tether in a rear seating
position, route the tether
2. If the child restraint under the head restraint.
2.1. Pull the release switch in
manufacturer's instructions
the trunk to fold the rear
recommend that the top tether
seatback forward to
be attached, attach the top
access the top tether
tether to the top tether anchor.
anchors. See Rear Seats
Refer to the child restraint
0 51 for additional
instructions and the following
information.
steps:
2.2. Adjust the top tether to its
full length and route the
top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the If you are using a single
following instructions: tether in a rear seating
position and the head
restraint has been
removed, route the single
tether over the seatback.
10/21/15
the child restraint to the lower

anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the safety belts
and the top tether. Refer to
your child restraint
If you are using a dual manufacturer instructions and
tether in a rear seating see Securing Child Restraints
position, route the tether (Rear Seat) 0 84 or Securing
around the sides of the Child Restraints (Front
2.3. Attach the top tether hook Passenger Seat) 0 86.
head restraint. to the anchor on the
backside of the rear 4. Tighten the top tether.
seatback. Make sure that 5. Before placing a child in the
you secure the top tether child restraint, make sure it is
to the top tether anchor securely held in place. To
and not to the seatback check, grasp the child restraint
latch. at the LATCH path and attempt
2.4. Push rearward on the to move it side to side and
seatback until it locks into back and forth. There should
its upright position. Push be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
and pull on the seatback of movement for proper
If you are using a dual
to make sure it is secured installation.
tether in a rear seating
position and the head properly.
restraint has been 3. Put the child restraint on the
removed, route the dual seat. Attach and tighten the
tether over the seatback. lower LATCH attachments on
10/21/15
Head Restraint Removal and 3. Store the head restraint in the To reinstall the head restraint:
Reinstallation trunk of the vehicle.
The rear outboard head restraints 4. When the child restraint is
can be removed if they interfere with removed, reinstall the head
the proper installation of the child restraint before the seating
restraint. position is used.
To remove the head restraint:
1. Pull the release switch in the
{ Warning
trunk to fold the seatback With head restraints that are not
forward. See Rear Seats 0 51 installed and adjusted properly,
for additional information. there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for 1. Insert the head restraint posts
all occupants are installed and into the holes in the top of the
adjusted properly. seatback. The notches on the
posts must face the driver side
of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
3. Try to move the head restraint
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
2. Press both buttons on the head

restraint posts at the same
time, and pull up on the head
restraint.
10/21/15
Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
When securing a child restraint in a attached.
{ Warning rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat
instructions that came with the child position does not have the LATCH
A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is
system in the vehicle. A damaged system, you will be using the safety
compatible with this vehicle. belt to secure the child restraint in
LATCH system may not properly
If the child restraint has the LATCH this position. Be sure to follow the
secure the child restraint,
system, see Lower Anchors and instructions that came with the child
resulting in serious injury or even
Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the
death in a crash. To help make
System) 0 77 for how and where to child restraint when and as the
sure the LATCH system is instructions say.
install the child restraint using
working properly after a crash, LATCH. If a child restraint is
see your dealer to have the If more than one child restraint
secured in the vehicle using a needs to be installed in the rear
system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether,
necessary replacements made as seat, be sure to read Where to Put
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Restraint 0 76.
soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for
top tether anchor locations. 1. If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child seat in a the child restraint, the head
and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor restraint may be removed. See
crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires “Head Restraint Removal and
may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if Reinstallation” under Lower
New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the Anchors and Tethers for
necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
system was not being used at the must be anchored.
2. If the child restraint
time of the crash.
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether, adjust the
top tether to its full length and
10/21/15
attach it to the top tether 5. Push the latch plate into the
anchor. Refer to the buckle until it clicks. If the latch
instructions that came with the plate will not go fully into the
child restraint and see Lower buckle, check if the correct
Anchors and Tethers for buckle is being used.
Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Position the release button on
3. Put the child restraint on the buckle so that the safety
the seat. belt could be quickly unbuckled
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run if necessary.
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions 7. To tighten the belt, push down
will show you how. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
6. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set Try to pull the belt out of the
the lock. When the retractor retractor to make sure the
lock is set, the belt can be retractor is locked. If the
tightened but not pulled out of retractor is not locked, repeat
the retractor. Steps 4 and 5.
10/21/15
8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints Warning (Continued)
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 77.
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear passenger frontal airbag inflates.
9. Before placing a child in the This is because the back of the
child restraint, make sure it is seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See rear-facing child restraint would
securely held in place. To be very close to the inflating
check, grasp the child restraint Where to Put the Restraint 0 76.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
at the safety belt path and In addition, the vehicle has a child restraint can be seriously
attempt to move it side to side passenger sensing system which is injured or killed if the front
and back and forth. When the designed to turn off the front
child restraint is properly outboard passenger frontal airbag
installed, there should be no inflates and the passenger seat is
and passenger knee airbag under
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of certain conditions. See Passenger in a forward position.
movement. Sensing System 0 64 and Even if the passenger sensing
To remove the child restraint, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator system has turned off the front
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 0 101 for more information, outboard passenger frontal
let it return to the stowed position. including important safety airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
If the top tether is attached to a top information. one can guarantee that an airbag
tether anchor, disconnect it. If the Never put a rear-facing child seat in will not deploy under some
head restraint was removed, the front. This is because the risk to unusual circumstance, even
reinstall it before the seating the rear-facing child is so great, though it is turned off.
position is used. See “Head if the airbag deploys.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
Restraint Removal and
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
{ Warning is off. If you secure a
System) 0 77. forward-facing child restraint in
A child in a rear-facing child
the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard (Continued)
(Continued)
10/21/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
front passenger seat as far back came with the child restraint and the
as it will go. It is better to secure following instructions:
the child restraint in a rear seat.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
See Passenger Sensing System will go before securing the
0 64 for additional information. forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
If the child restraint uses a top system has turned off the front
tether, see Lower Anchors and outboard passenger frontal
Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag and passenger knee
System) 0 77 for top tether anchor airbag, the off indicator on the 4. Push the latch plate into the
locations. passenger airbag status buckle until it clicks.
Do not secure a child seat in a indicator should light and stay Position the release button on
position without a top tether anchor lit when you start the vehicle. the buckle, so that the safety
if a national or local law requires See Passenger Airbag Status belt could be quickly unbuckled
that the top tether be anchored, or if Indicator 0 101. if necessary.
the instructions that come with the 2. Put the child restraint on
child restraint say that the top strap the seat.
must be anchored.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
In Canada, the law requires that the lap and shoulder portions
forward-facing child restraints have of the vehicle's safety belt
a top tether, and that the tether be through or around the restraint.
attached. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
10/21/15
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side-to-side
and back-and-forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started.
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
the retractor. back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 64 for more information.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
10/21/15
Storage 89
Storage Storage Glove Box

Compartments Lift up on the lever to open the
glove box.
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89 { Warning The glove box features a pen
holder.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 89
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Do not store heavy or sharp The intermediate shelf can be
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 objects in storage compartments. removed by pulling on the
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 91 In a crash, these objects may front edge.
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury. To reinstall the shelf, slide it into the
side guides and push back until it
engages into the rear panel.
Instrument Panel Storage
Rear Storage
Rear Trunk Partition
The rear trunk partition must be
folded out for the convertible top to
move. If the partition is not
completely folded out, including the
pass-through flap behind the rear
seats, a warning chime will sound
and a DIC message will display.
See Rear Seats 0 51.
Pull down to open.

10/21/15
90 Storage
To enlarge the rear storage Cargo Tie-Downs

compartment when the convertible
top is closed, the rear storage
partition can be folded in. Push
upward on the partition near the
loop area.
See Convertible Top 0 37.
Shopping Bag Hooks
Pull the strap downward to the rear.

The pass-through flap must be
closed in the vertical position. The cargo tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.
The hooks along the upper edge of

the trunk can be used for hanging
up to 5 kg (11 lb).
10/21/15
Storage 91
Center Console Storage
There may be a small storage

drawer on the rear of the console.
To access the storage, the armrest
must be in the rearward position.
Press the button and lift.
10/21/15
92 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Charging System Light . . . . . . . 102

Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 102
Brake System Warning
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Vehicle Messages

Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 93 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Vehicle Personalization
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 93 Service Electric Parking Brake
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 113
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 94 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 94 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . 105
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Power Steering Warning
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lane Departure Warning
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 106
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 106
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Traction Control System (TCS)/
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 107
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 108
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108
Engine Coolant Temperature Adaptive Forward Lighting
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 109
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 101 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109
Passenger Airbag Status Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 109
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
10/21/15
Instruments and Controls 93
Controls Steering Wheel Controls infotainment system. Press again to

turn the sound on. Press to cancel
Depending on the vehicle options, voice recognition.
Steering Wheel some audio functions can be
Adjustment controlled through the steering _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
wheel controls. source.
Use the thumbwheel to select the
next or previous favorite radio
Bluetooth Audio.
or show using Pandora or Stitcher.
+ x − : Press + to increase the
volume. Press − to decrease.
To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down. b / g : Press to interact with
Bluetooth or voice recognition. See
2. Move the steering wheel up
Bluetooth 0 197 or Voice
or down.
Recognition 0 191.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
$ / i : Press to decline an
incoming call, or to end a current
4. Lift the lever up to lock the call. Press to silence the vehicle
steering wheel in place. speakers while using the
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
10/21/15
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
With the ignition in ACC/
Replacement 0 273.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
the windshield wiper lever to select Heavy snow or ice can overload the
the wiper speed. wiper motor. See Electrical System
Overload 0 281.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes. Wiper Parking
( : If equipped with a heated When using Rainsense wipes, the
steering wheel, press to turn it on or wipers pause briefly on the
off. A light on the button displays windshield. If the wiper lever is
when the feature is turned on. moved to OFF or if Rainsense and
The steering wheel takes about additional wipes are not required,
three minutes to start heating. the wipers may move to the base of
the windshield.
Horn If the ignition is put in OFF while the
INT : Move the lever up to INT, then wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they
Press a on the steering wheel pad
turn the x INT band up or down will immediately stop.
to sound the horn.
for more or less sensitivity to
moisture. See “Rainsense” later in
this section.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
10/21/15
If the windshield wiper lever is then . Turn the band up for more lever is released or the maximum
moved to OFF before the driver sensitivity to moisture. wash time is reached. When the
door is opened or within 10 minutes, . Turn the band down for less windshield wiper lever is released,
the wipers will restart and move to sensitivity to moisture. additional wipes may occur
the base of the windshield. depending on how long the
. Move the windshield wiper lever windshield washer had been
If the ignition is put in OFF while the out of the INT position to
wipers are performing wipes due to activated. See Washer Fluid 0 269
deactivate Rainsense. for information on filling the
windshield washing or Rainsense
wipes, the wipers continue to run Wiper Arm Assembly Protection windshield washer fluid reservoir.
until they reach the base of the
windshield.
If equipped with wiper arm assembly
protection, when using an automatic
{ Warning
Rainsense car wash, move the windshield In freezing weather, do not use
wiper lever to OFF. This disables the washer until the windshield is
A sensor detects the amount of the automatic Rainsense windshield
water on the windshield and warmed. Otherwise the washer
wipers. fluid can form ice on the
controls the frequency of the
windshield wiper. With Rainsense, if the transmission windshield, blocking your vision.
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
INT : Move the windshield wiper speed is very slow, the wipers will
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band automatically stop at the base of the Compass
on the wiper lever to adjust the windshield. The vehicle may have a compass
sensitivity. The wiper operations return to display on the Driver Information
normal when the transmission is no Center (DIC). The compass receives
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle its heading and other information
speed has increased. from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
n L : Pull the windshield wiper StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
lever toward you to spray windshield information.
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
10/21/15
The compass system is designed to To set the time: There is one accessory power outlet
operate for a certain number of 1. Press CONFIG to enter the on the center stack below the
miles or degrees of turn before climate controls and one on the rear
needing a signal from the GPS menu options or press H. Turn of the center floor console. These
satellites. When the compass Z and select Time and outlets are powered when the key is
display shows CAL, drive the Date or touch Time and Date. in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
vehicle for a short distance in an Press Z or touch the Set or until the driver door is opened
open area where it can receive a Time screen button to display within 10 minutes of turning off the
GPS signal. The compass system other options within that vehicle. See Retained Accessory
will automatically determine when a feature. Power (RAP) 0 230.
GPS signal is restored and provide
2. Touch + or − to increase or
a heading again. decrease the Hours and Caution
Minutes displayed on the clock.
Clock Leaving electrical equipment
If Automatic Clock Update is set, the plugged in for an extended period
The infotainment system controls time displayed on the clock may not
are used to access the time and of time while the vehicle is off will
update immediately when driving drain the battery. Always unplug
date settings through the menu into a new time zone.
system. The clock menu can only electrical equipment when not in
be used with the radio while in ON/ 12/24 hr Format : Select the 12 use and do not plug in equipment
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Hour screen button for standard that exceeds the maximum
Using the System 0 131 for time; select the 24 Hour screen 20 amp rating.
information about how to use the button for military time.
menu system. Certain electrical accessories may
Power Outlets not be compatible with the
Setting the Clock
The accessory power outlets can be accessory power outlet and could
The clock is in the center stack used to plug in electrical equipment, overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
display. such as a cell phone or MP3 player. If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
10/21/15
When adding electrical equipment, Warning Lights,

be sure to follow the installation
instructions included with the Gauges, and
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 252.
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
Caution signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
Hanging heavy equipment from to cause an expensive repair or
the power outlet can cause replacement. Paying attention to the
damage not covered by the warning lights and gauges could
vehicle warranty. The power prevent injury.
outlets are designed for Some warning lights come on briefly
accessory power plugs only, such when the engine is started to
as cell phone charge cords. indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
10/21/15
Instrument Cluster
10/21/15
Speedometer Caution
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
The speedometer shows the vehicle fuel door is on.
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) If the engine is operated with the
and miles per hour (mph). rpm’s in the warning area at the When the fuel is low, a message
high end of the tachometer, the may appear in the Driver
Odometer vehicle could be damaged, and Information Center (DIC), and a
the damage would not be covered chime will sound.
The odometer shows how far the
by the vehicle warranty. Do not Here are four things that some
vehicle has been driven, in either
operate the engine with the rpm’s owners ask about. None of these
kilometers or miles.
in the warning area. show a problem with your fuel
gauge:
Trip Odometer
. At the service station, the fuel
The trip odometer shows how far Fuel Gauge pump shuts off before the gauge
the vehicle has been driven since reads full.
the trip odometer was last reset.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
The trip odometer is accessed and to fill up than the gauge
reset through the Driver Information indicated. For example, the
Center (DIC). See Driver gauge may have indicated the
Information Center (DIC) 0 110. tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
Tachometer half the tank's capacity to fill
The tachometer displays the engine the tank.
speed in revolutions per . The gauge moves a little while
minute (rpm). turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel

gauge tells you about how much
fuel you have left in your tank.
10/21/15

. The gauge takes a few seconds If the vehicle has been operated If the driver safety belt is buckled,
to stabilize after the ignition is under normal driving conditions, pull neither the light nor the chime
turned on, and will go back to off the road, stop the vehicle, and comes on.
empty when the ignition is turn off the engine as soon as
turned off. possible. Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders There is a passenger safety belt
Temperature Gauge reminder light near the passenger
Driver Safety Belt Reminder airbag status indicator. See
Light Passenger Sensing System 0 64.
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this

light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
When the vehicle is started, this their safety belt. Then the light stays
light flashes and a chime may come on solid until the belt is buckled.
This gauge shows the engine This cycle continues several times if
coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays the passenger remains or becomes
If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled. unbuckled while the vehicle is
hot side of the gauge toward the This cycle may continue several moving.
shaded area, the engine is too hot. times if the driver remains or If the passenger safety belt is
becomes unbuckled while the buckled, neither the chime nor the
vehicle is moving. light comes on.
10/21/15
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately.
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
{ Warning When the vehicle is started, the
the safety belt. passenger airbag status indicator
If the airbag readiness light stays
will light ON and OFF for several
on after the vehicle is started or
seconds as a system check. Then,
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means after several seconds, the status
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be indicator will light either ON or OFF
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in to let you know the status of the
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a front outboard passenger frontal
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate airbag and knee airbag.
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid
If the word ON is lit on the
the airbag modules, the roll bars, injury, have the vehicle serviced
passenger airbag status indicator, it
the wiring, and the crash sensing right away.
means that the front outboard
and diagnostic module. For more passenger frontal airbag and knee
information on the airbag system, airbag are allowed to inflate.
see Airbag System 0 59. Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator If the word OFF is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
The vehicle has a passenger means that the passenger sensing
sensing system. See Passenger system has turned off the front
Sensing System 0 64 for important outboard passenger frontal airbag
safety information. The center stack and passenger knee airbag.
has a passenger airbag status
indicator. If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
10/21/15
problem with the lights or the The light turns off when the engine
passenger sensing system. See is started. If it does not, have the
your dealer for service. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
{ Warning while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your Malfunctions are often indicated by
comes on and stays on, it means dealer. Driving while this light is on the system before any problem is
that something may be wrong could drain the battery. noticeable. Being aware of the light
with the airbag system. To help and seeking service promptly when
avoid injury to yourself or others, If a short distance must be driven
it comes on may prevent damage.
with the light on, be sure to turn off
have the vehicle serviced right
all accessories, such as the radio
away. See Airbag Readiness Caution
and air conditioner.
Light 0 101 for more information,
including important safety If the vehicle is driven continually
information.
Malfunction Indicator with this light on, the emission
Lamp (Check Engine control system may not work as
Light) well, the fuel economy may be
Charging System Light lower, and the vehicle may not
This light is part of the vehicle’s
run smoothly. This could lead to
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on costly repairs that might not be
while the engine is running, a covered by the vehicle warranty.
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
The charging system light comes on ON/RUN with the engine not
briefly when the ignition is turned running. See Ignition
on, but the engine is not running, as Positions 0 227.
a check to show the light is working.
10/21/15
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your
Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer.
off and wait at least 10 seconds
Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the Maintenance Programs
or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions
replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the
meet the original tire possible. test equipment will likely connect to
specifications, can cause this light the vehicle's Data Link
If the light is on steady : A
to come on. This could lead to Connector (DLC).
malfunction has been detected.
costly repairs not covered by the
Diagnosis and service may be
vehicle warranty. This could also required.
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following:
Maintenance test. See . A loose or missing fuel cap may
Accessories and cause the light to come on. See
Modifications 0 255. Filling the Tank 0 250. A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument
If the light is flashing : A panel to the left of the steering
light off.
malfunction has been detected that wheel. Connecting devices that are
could damage the emission control . Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
system and increase vehicle inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to
emissions. Diagnosis and service poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect
may be required. away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 252. See
To help prevent damage, reduce
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed.
vehicle speed and avoid hard
least one full tank of the proper
accelerations and uphill grades.
fuel to turn the light off. See
Fuel 0 248.
10/21/15
The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning

inspection if:
Light
{ Warning
. The light is on when the engine The brake system might not be
is running. The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one working properly if the brake
. The light does not come on circuit is not working, the remaining system warning light is on.
when the ignition is in ON/RUN circuit can still work to stop the Driving with the brake system
with the engine not running. vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a
. Critical emission control systems performance, both circuits need to crash. If the light is still on after
have not been completely be working. the vehicle has been pulled off
diagnosed. If this happens, the the road and carefully stopped,
The brake system warning light will
vehicle would not be ready for have the vehicle towed for
come on when there is a brake
inspection and might require problem. service.
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for If the warning light stays on, have
the vehicle inspected by your dealer If the light comes on while driving, a
inspection. This can happen if chime sounds. Pull off the road and
the 12-volt battery has recently right away.
stop. The pedal might be harder to
been replaced or run down, or if push or go closer to the floor.
the vehicle has been recently It might also take longer to stop.
serviced. If the light is still on, have the
See your dealer if the vehicle will vehicle towed for service. See
not pass or cannot be made ready Towing the Vehicle 0 317.
for the test.
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
10/21/15
Electric Parking Brake The parking brake warning light If the light does not come on, have
should come on briefly when the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Light starting the vehicle. If it does not If the ABS light comes on and stays
come on, have it fixed so it will be on while driving, stop as soon as
ready to warn if there is a problem. possible and turn the ignition off.
If this light stays on, there is a Start the engine again to reset the
problem with the Electric Parking system. If the light stays on after
Brake (EPB) system or another driving at a speed above 20 km/h
system on the vehicle that is (13 mph), see your dealer for
causing the parking brake system to service. A chime may also sound
The parking brake status light work at a reduced level. The vehicle when the light comes on steady.
comes on when the brake is can still be driven, but should be
applied. If the light continues If the regular brake system warning
taken to a dealer as soon as light is not on, the vehicle still has
flashing after the parking brake is possible. See the information for the
released, or while driving, there is a brakes, but not antilock brakes.
EPB under Parking Brake 0 236. If the regular brake system warning
problem with the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) system. light is also on, the vehicle does not
Antilock Brake System have antilock brakes and there is a
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
(ABS) Warning Light problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning
Light 0 104.
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light Operate Pedal Light
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)

light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
10/21/15
This light comes on when the brake Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator
pedal needs to be applied to release
the Electric Parking Brake (EPB).
(LDW) Light
Power Steering Warning

Light
If equipped, this indicator will

If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead
does not come on, have the vehicle See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
serviced. System 0 245.
If equipped, this light comes on
This light is green if LDW is on and
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ready to operate. StabiliTrak® OFF Light
ON/RUN as a check to show it is
working. This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
If it does not come on have the
marking has been crossed without
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
using a turn signal in that direction.
If this light stays on, or comes on
See Lane Departure Warning
while driving, the system may not be
(LDW) 0 247.
working. If this happens, see your
dealer for service. This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
10/21/15
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC the tires are significantly
Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the underinflated.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning Stop as soon as possible, and
system does not assist in controlling inflate the tires to the pressure value
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and and whether the vehicle requires
service. shown on the Tire and Loading
the StabiliTrak systems, and the Information label. See Tire
warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the Pressure 0 295.
See Traction Control/Electronic TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
Stability Control 0 239. is actively working. When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
See Traction Control/Electronic
Traction Control System Stability Control 0 239. If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
Tire Pressure Light problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 297.
Engine Oil Pressure Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Caution
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
If the light does not come on, have comes on briefly when the engine is Lack of proper engine oil
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. started. It provides information maintenance can damage the
If the system is working normally, about tire pressures and the TPMS. engine. Driving with the engine oil
the indicator light turns off. low can also damage the engine.
(Continued)
10/21/15
Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always The security light should come on
follow the maintenance schedule briefly as the engine is started. If it
for changing engine oil. does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
This light comes on for a few If the light stays on and the engine
seconds when the ignition is turned
does not start, there could be a
on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent
working. If it does not come on, system. See Immobilizer
have it fixed.
Operation 0 32.
This light should come on briefly as The low fuel warning light comes on
the engine is started. If it does not and a chime sounds when the High-Beam On Light
come on, have the vehicle serviced vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
by your dealer. off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
10/21/15
The high‐beam on light comes on Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light
when the high-beam headlamps are
in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 120 for more information.
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) Light
If equipped, this light comes on For vehicles with cruise control, the
when the fog lamps are on. cruise control light is white when the
The light goes out when the fog cruise control is on and ready, and
lamps are turned off. See Fog turns green when the cruise control
Lamps 0 122. is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise
Lamps On Reminder control is turned off. See Cruise
This light should come on briefly as Control 0 241.
the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced Door Ajar Light
by your dealer.
This light comes on solid when
there is a problem with the AFL
system. It flashes when the system
is switching between lighting This light comes on when the
modes. See Adaptive Forward exterior lamps are in use. See
Lighting (AFL) 0 121. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119.
If equipped, this light comes on
when a door is open or not securely
latched. Before driving, check that
all doors are properly closed.
10/21/15
Information Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items

Press MENU on the turn signal
Driver Information lever until the Trip/Fuel Menu is
Center (DIC) displayed. Use w / x to scroll
through the following menu items:
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning . Digital Speedometer
messages if a system problem is . Trip 1
detected. See Vehicle Messages 1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the . Trip 2
0 113. All messages appear in the
DIC display in the center of the menu item displayed. . Fuel Range
instrument cluster.
2. w / x: Use to scroll through . Average Fuel Economy
DIC Operation and Displays the items in each menu. . Instantaneous Fuel Economy
A small marker will move
The DIC has different displays . Average Vehicle Speed
across the bottom of the page
which can be accessed by using the
as you scroll through the items. . Timer
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever.
This shows where each page is
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and . Navigation
in the menu.
vehicle system information, and
warning messages if a system 3. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ Digital Speedometer
problem is detected. Fuel Menu and the Vehicle The speedometer shows how fast
Information Menu. This button the vehicle is moving in either
The bottom of the DIC display
is also used to return to or exit kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
shows the position of the shift lever
the last screen displayed on per hour (mph). The speedometer
and the odometer. It may also show
the DIC. cannot be reset.
the direction the vehicle is driving.
Trip 1 and Trip 2
These displays show the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
10/21/15
the last reset for the trip odometer. can be reset by pressing SET/CLR Timer
The trip odometer can be reset to while the Average Fuel Economy This display can be used as a timer.
zero by pressing SET/CLR, or the display is showing. To start the timer, press SET/CLR
trip odometer reset stem in the while Timer is displayed. The
instrument cluster, while the trip Instantaneous Fuel Economy
display will show the amount of time
odometer display is showing. The instantaneous fuel economy that has passed since the timer was
display shows the current fuel last reset, not including time the
Fuel Range economy in liters per 100 kilometers ignition is off. Time will continue to
This display shows the approximate (L/100 km) or miles per gallon be counted as long as the ignition is
distance the vehicle can be driven (mpg). The instantaneous fuel on, even if another display is being
without refueling. The fuel range economy reflects only the current shown on the DIC. The timer will
estimate is based on an average of approximate fuel economy, and record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
the vehicle's fuel economy over changes frequently as driving and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
recent driving history and the conditions change. Unlike average which the display will return to zero.
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel economy, this display cannot be To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. reset. briefly while Timer is displayed. To
Average Fuel Economy Average Vehicle Speed reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
This display shows the approximate This display shows the average
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ speed of the vehicle in kilometers Navigation
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). per hour (km/h) or miles per This display is used for the
Average fuel economy is calculated hour (mph). This average is Navigation System Turn-by-Turn
based on the number of L/ calculated based on the various guidance. If equipped with
100 km (mpg) recorded since the vehicle speeds recorded since the navigation, see Using the
last time this menu item was reset. last reset of this value. The average Navigation System 0 166.
This number reflects only the speed can be reset by pressing
approximate average fuel economy SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
that the vehicle has right now, and Speed display is showing.
will change as driving conditions
change. The average fuel economy
10/21/15
Vehicle Information Menu See Tire Pressure Monitor System engine oil life system, press SET/
Items 0 296 and Tire Pressure Monitor CLR while the Remaining Oil Life
Operation 0 297. display is active. See Engine Oil
Press MENU on the turn signal Life System 0 262.
lever until the Vehicle Information Remaining Oil Life
Menu is displayed. Use w / x to This display shows an estimate of Battery Voltage
scroll through the following menu the oil's remaining useful life. This display shows the current
items: If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is battery voltage. If the voltage is in
. Unit displayed, that means 99% of the the normal range, the value will
current oil life remains. display. For example, the display
. Tire Pressure may read Battery Voltage 15.0
When the remaining oil life is low,
. Remaining Oil Life the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Volts. The vehicle's charging system
message will appear on the display. regulates voltage based on the state
. Battery Voltage of the battery. The battery voltage
The oil should be changed as soon
Unit as possible. See Engine Oil 0 260. can fluctuate while viewing this
In addition to the engine oil life information on the DIC. This is
Press SET/CLR to set. Move w / normal. See Charging System
system monitoring the oil life,
x to switch between metric or US additional maintenance is Light 0 102.
when the set Unit display is active.
recommended in the Maintenance
Press SET/CLR to confirm the
Schedule. See Maintenance
setting. This will change the
Schedule 0 331.
displays on the cluster and DIC to
either metric or English (US) Remember, the Remaining Oil Life
measurements. display must be reset after each oil
change. It will not reset itself. Also,
Tire Pressure be careful not to reset the
The display will show a vehicle with Remaining Oil Life display
the approximate pressures of all accidentally at any time other than
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed when the oil has just been changed.
in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds It cannot be reset accurately until
per square inch (psi). the next oil change. To reset the
10/21/15

.
Vehicle Messages Driver Assistance Systems Vehicle
. Cruise Control
Messages displayed on the DIC Personalization
indicate the status of the vehicle or . Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Use the audio system controls to
some action that may be needed to . Wiper/Washer Systems access the personalization menus
correct a condition. Multiple
. Doors and Windows for customizing vehicle features.
messages may display one after the
other. . Convertible Top The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
The messages that do not require . Safety Belts on the vehicle, some may not be
immediate action can be
. Airbag Systems available.
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages . Engine and Transmission Infotainment System Audio
that require immediate action cannot . System Controls
Tire Pressure
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be . Battery Using the Faceplate
taken seriously and clearing the Z Knob
messages does not correct the . Press the outer diameter
problem.
(chrome ring) to enter, select,
Follow the instructions given in the or activate a highlighted menu
messages. The system displays option.
messages regarding the following . Turn to highlight a menu option.
topics:
. Press the outer diameter
. Service Messages
(chrome ring) to enable or
. Fluid Levels disable a system setting.
. Vehicle Security BACK
. Brakes . Press to exit a menu.
. Ride Control Systems . Press to return to a previous
screen.
10/21/15
Using the Touch Screen . Radio Settings . Software Versions Menu

Touch a screen feature to: . Phone Settings Auto Volume
. View more feature options. . Navigation Settings This feature adjusts the volume to
. Enable or disable the feature. . Display Settings minimize the effects of unwanted
background noise that can result
w : Touch to scroll up. . Vehicle Settings from changing road surfaces, driving
x : Touch to scroll down. Each menu is detailed in the speeds, or open windows. This
following information. feature works best at lower volume
Back : Touch to return to the settings where background noise is
previous menu. Languages typically louder than the sound
To access the Select Languages, then select from system volume.
personalization menu: the available language(s). Select Off, Low, Medium, or High.
1. Touch Config on the Home
Time and Date Gracenote Options
Page on the infotainment
system display or press Manually set the time and date. See Select and the following may
CONFIG on the faceplate. Clock 0 96. display:
2. Select the desired feature to Radio Settings . Normalization
display a list of available
Select and the following may Normalization
options.
display: This feature improves voice
3. Select the desired feature
. Auto Volume recognition and media groupings.
setting.
. See CD Player 0 155, USB 0 158,
Gracenote Options
Personalization Menus Auxiliary Devices 0 164, and
. XM Channel Art Bluetooth Audio 0 164.
The following list of menu items may
be available: . Max Startup Volume Select to enable or disable.
. Languages . Number of Favorites Pages
. Time and Date . XM Categories
10/21/15
XM Channel Art Software Versions Menu Display Settings

This feature turns the XM Audio Select to display information about Select and the following may
page background on the XM the system and update software if display:
Channel display on and off. available. . Home Page Menu
Select to enable or disable. Phone Settings . Rear Camera Options
Max Startup Volume Select and the following may . Display Off
This feature sets the maximum display:
. Map Settings
startup volume. If the vehicle is . Bluetooth
started and the volume is greater Home Page Menu
than this level, the volume is Bluetooth
Select and the following may
adjusted to this level. Select and the following may display:
Select + or − to increase or display:
. Customize
decrease the volume. . Device List
. Sort
Number of Favorite Pages . Pair Device
. Restore Home Page Defaults
Select to set the number of favorite Device List
pages to display. Customize
Select to connect to a different
Select the desired number. phone source, disconnect a phone, This feature allows the selection of
or delete a phone. what icons will be on the first
XM Categories Home Page.
This allows which available XM Pair Device
Select and follow the screen
Categories are used and displayed. Select to pair a new device. See prompts.
Select to enable or disable available “Pairing a Phone/Device” in
Bluetooth 0 197. Sort
categories.
This feature allows the icons on the
Navigation Settings Home Page to be moved.
See “Navigation Settings” in
Configure Menu 0 183.
10/21/15
Select and follow the screen Display Off . Auto Rear Defog
prompts. Select to turn the display off. The Auto Fan Speed
Restore Home Page Defaults display will return when any radio
buttons are pressed or the screen is Choose from the following blower
This feature will restore the Home touched (if equipped). speed settings:
Page to the factory settings. Select High, Medium, or Low.
Select and follow the screen Map Settings
prompts. See “Map Settings” in Configure Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
Menu 0 183. When on, this feature will turn the
Rear Camera Options heated seats on when using remote
Select and the following may Vehicle Settings start on cold days.
display: Select and the following may Select to enable or disable.
. Symbols display:
Auto Rear Defog
. Guide Lines . Climate and Air Quality
When on, this feature turns on the
. Comfort and Convenience
Symbols rear window defogger at vehicle
. Collision Detection Systems start when the interior temperature
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 243. . Lighting is cold and fog is likely. The auto
rear defog function can be disabled
Select to enable or disable. . Power Door Locks by selecting 1. When off, the
Guide Lines . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start feature can be turned on by
See Assistance Systems for Parking . Return to Factory Settings? selecting 1. See “Rear Window
or Backing 0 243. Defogger” under Dual Automatic
Climate and Air Quality Climate Control System 0 212.
Select to enable or disable.
Select and the following may Select to enable or disable.
display:
. Auto Fan Speed
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
10/21/15
Comfort and Convenience Lighting Open Door Anti Lock Out

Select and the following may Select and the following may When on, this feature will keep the
display: display: driver door from locking until the
. Chime Volume . Vehicle Locator Lights door is closed. If this feature is
turned on, the Delayed Door Lock
. Button Chime . Exit Lighting menu will not be available.
Chime Volume Vehicle Locator Lights Select to enable or disable.
This allows the selection of the This allows the vehicle locator lights Auto Door Unlock
chime volume level. to be turned on or off.
This allows selection of which doors
Select Low or High. Select to enable or disable. will automatically unlock when the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Button Chime Exit Lighting
Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.
This allows the Button Chime This allows the selection of how
feature to be turned on or off. long the exterior lamps stay on Delay Door Lock
Select to enable or disable. when leaving the vehicle when it is
When on, this feature will delay the
dark outside.
locking of the doors. See Delayed
Collision Detection Systems Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, Locking 0 28.
Select and the following may or 2 Minutes.
Select to enable or disable.
display:
Power Door Locks Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
. Park Assist
Park Assist display:
display:
This allows the Parking Assist . Open Door Anti Lock Out
. Remote Unlock Feedback
feature to be turned on or off. . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback
Select Off or On. . Delay Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock
10/21/15
Remote Unlock Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Flash Lights or Off.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what
feedback is provided when
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter.
Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
Horn Only, or Off.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock on the first press of K on
the RKE transmitter. If Driver Door
is selected, all doors will unlock on
the second press of K within
five seconds of the prior press.
Select Driver Door or All Doors.
Return to Factory Settings?
This returns all of the vehicle
personalization settings to the
factory settings.
Select Yes or No.
10/21/15
Lighting 119
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 119
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Lighting Features
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Daytime Running Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Battery Load Management . . . 124
Automatic Headlamp Battery Power Protection . . . . . 125
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Exterior Lighting Battery
Adaptive Forward Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
The exterior lamp control is to the
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . 122
left of the steering column on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 122
instrument panel.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 There are four positions:
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic lamp control off
or on again.
AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the parking lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps,
instrument panel lights, and
sidemarker lamps.
10/21/15
120 Lighting
; : Turns on the parking lamps 3 : Push the turn signal lever away Daytime Running
including all lamps, except the from you and release to turn the Lamps (DRL)
headlamps. high beams on.
DRL can make it easier for others to
5 : Turns on the headlamps To return to low beams, push the see the front of your vehicle during
together with the parking lamps and lever again or pull it toward you and the day. Fully functional DRL are
instrument panel lights. A warning release. required on all vehicles first sold in
chime sounds if the driver door is Canada.
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on. The dedicated DRL will come on
when all of the following conditions
# : If equipped, press to turn the are met:
fog lamps on or off.
. The ignition is in the ON/
See Fog Lamps 0 122. RUN mode.
When the lights are on, ; will be This indicator light turns on in the . The exterior lamp control is
lit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 109. instrument cluster when the in AUTO.
high-beam headlamps are on.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer Flash-to-Pass The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
To flash the high beams, pull the
headlamps depending on the
turn signal lever all the way toward
darkness of the surroundings and
you. Then release it.
information provided by the rain
sensor. The other lamps that come
on with the headlamps will also
come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
10/21/15
Lighting 121
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn is in the full bright position. See speed is greater than 3 km/h
the exterior lamp control to O and Instrument Panel Illumination (2 mph). AFL will not operate when
then release. For vehicles first sold Control 0 123. the transmission is in R (Reverse).
in Canada, the DRL cannot be AFL is not immediately operable
Lights On with Wipers after starting the vehicle; driving a
turned off.
If the windshield wipers are short distance is required to
Automatic Headlamp activated in daylight with the engine calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
on, and the exterior lamp control is Lamp Controls 0 119.
System in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
Curve Lighting
When it is dark enough outside and lamps, and other exterior lamps
the exterior lamp control is in the come on. The transition time for the The light beam pivots based on the
automatic position and the engine is lamps coming on varies based on steering wheel position and vehicle
running, the headlamps come on wiper speed. When the wipers are speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
automatically. See Exterior Lamp not operating, these lamps turn off. The headlamps shine at an angle of
Controls 0 119. Move the exterior lamp control to P up to 15 degrees to the right or left
of the direction of travel.
The system may also turn on the or ; to disable this feature.
headlamps when driving through a Corner Lighting
parking garage or tunnel. Adaptive Forward On tight bends or when making a
If the vehicle is started in a dark Lighting (AFL) turn, depending on the steering
garage, the automatic headlamp angle or the turn signal lamp, an
The AFL system adjusts the additional left or right reflector is
system comes on immediately. If it
headlamps to provide greater road turned on to illuminate the road at a
is light outside when the vehicle
illumination in various driving right angle to the direction of travel.
leaves the garage, there is a slight
conditions. It is activated up to a speed of
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the To enable AFL, set the exterior lamp 40 km/h (25 MPH).
DRL. During that delay, the control to the AUTO position. Reversing Function
instrument cluster may not be as Moving the control out of the AUTO
bright as usual. Make sure the position will deactivate the system. If the headlamps are on and the
instrument panel brightness control AFL will operate when the vehicle shift lever is in R (Reverse), both
corner lights are turned on. They
10/21/15
122 Lighting
remain on for 20 seconds after | : Press to make the front and Raise or lower the lever until the
moving the shift lever out of rear turn signal lamps flash on and arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
R (Reverse) position or until the off. This warns others that you are change. The turn signal flashes
vehicle is driving forward faster than having trouble. Press again to turn three times.
16 km/h (10 mph). the flashers off. The lever returns to its starting
In the event of an accident with position when it is released.
Headlamp Leveling airbag deployment the hazard If after signaling a turn or lane
Control warning flashers are activated change the arrow flashes rapidly or
The level of the headlamps is automatically. does not come on, a signal bulb
adjusted automatically based on may be burned out. Replace any
vehicle load. Turn and Lane-Change burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not
Signals burned out, check the fuse. See
Hazard Warning Flashers Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 282.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or

down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
The front fog lamp button is on the
will flash in the direction of the turn
exterior lamp control to the left of
or lane change.
the steering column.
10/21/15
Lighting 123
The ignition must be on to turn on Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps

the fog lamps.
The courtesy lamps come on
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on Instrument Panel automatically when any door is
or off. An indicator light on the opened and the dome lamp is in the
instrument cluster comes on when
Illumination Control
door position.
the fog lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together Dome Lamps
with the parking lamps.
Dome Lamps
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
This feature controls the brightness

of the instrument panel controls and
infotainment display screen. The
thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
panel.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down and hold, to brighten or dim The interior lamps control in the
the instrument panel controls and overhead console controls both the
infotainment display screen. front and rear interior lamps.
( : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
10/21/15
124 Lighting
H : Press to turn the lamps on Lighting Features exterior lamps and dome lamps
automatically when a door is remain on after the door is closed
opened. for a set amount of time, then
Entry Lighting automatically turn off.
' : Press to turn on the dome Some exterior lamps and most of
lamps. The exterior lamps turn off
the interior lamps turn on briefly at immediately by turning the exterior
night or in areas with limited lighting lamps control off.
Reading Lamps when the Remote Keyless Entry
This feature can be changed. See
The front reading lamps are in the (RKE) transmitter K button is
overhead console. Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
pressed. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 23. After
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps
Battery Load
turn off, then the dome lamps and Management
remaining interior lamps dim to off. The vehicle has Electric Power
Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM) that estimates
manually by changing the ignition the battery's temperature and state
out of the OFF position, or by of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
pressing the RKE transmitter Q for best performance and extended
button. life of the battery.
This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge
Vehicle Personalization 0 113. is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high,
# or $ : Press the button near the voltage is lowered slightly to
Some exterior lamps come on at prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
each lamp to turn it on or off. night, or in areas with limited has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
lighting, when the key is removed display on the Driver Information
from the ignition. The dome lamps Center (DIC), you may see the
also come on when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
10/21/15
Lighting 125
voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in the battery. To restart the 10-minute
normal. If there is a problem, an steps or levels, without being timer, turn the exterior lamp control
alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the to the off position and then back to
The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, the parking lamp or headlamp
idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the position.
high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might To keep the lamps on for more than
This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended 10 minutes, the ignition must be in
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
enough at idle to produce all of the loads as much as possible. See position.
power needed for very high Driver Information Center
electrical loads. (DIC) 0 110.
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection

several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear The battery saver feature is
window defogger, climate control fan designed to protect the vehicle's
at high speed, heated seats, engine battery.
cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads If some interior lamps are left on
plugged into accessory power and the ignition is turned off, the
outlets. battery rundown protection system
EPM works to prevent excessive automatically turns the lamp off after
discharge of the battery. It does this some time.
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs. Exterior Lighting Battery
It can increase engine idle speed to Saver
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce The exterior lamps turn off about
the power demands of some 10 minutes after the ignition is
accessories. turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
10/21/15
126 Infotainment System
Infotainment Navigation
Using the Navigation
Introduction
System System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166
170 Overview
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . 170 Read the following pages to
Introduction Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 become familiar with the
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 OnStar® Destination infotainment system features.
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 130 Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . .
131
136
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global Positioning
183
{ Warning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Taking your eyes off the road for
Radio Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . 189 too long or too often while using
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Problems with Route any infotainment feature can
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . 138 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 cause a crash. You or others
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 If the System Needs
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 could be injured or killed. Do not
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 145 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 191 give extended attention to
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Database Coverage infotainment tasks while driving.
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 146 Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Limit your glances at the vehicle
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . 150 displays and focus your attention
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Voice Recognition on driving. Use voice commands
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 whenever possible.
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Bluetooth Phone/Devices
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 The infotainment system has built-in
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 features intended to help avoid
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 distraction by disabling some
Trademarks and License functions when driving. These
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Agreements functions may gray out when they
OnStar System Trademarks and License are unavailable. Many infotainment
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10/21/15
Infotainment System 127
features are also available through infotainment system. Specialists are

the instrument cluster and steering available when calling this
wheel controls. Customer Assistance number:
Before driving: U.S. 1-855-4SUPPORT (478-7767).
. Become familiar with the Infotainment System Overview
operation, faceplate buttons, and The infotainment system is
screen buttons. controlled by using the buttons,
. Set up the audio by presetting touch screen, steering wheel
favorite stations, setting the controls, and voice recognition.
tone, and adjusting the See Using the System 0 131.
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 217.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230.
Customer Assistance
Assistance is available to help with
Bluetooth pairing, application
downloading and installation, other
mobile device interface, and
operation support of the
10/21/15
7. AS 1/2 (Autostore)
8. CONFIG (Configuration Menu)
9. H (Clock)
10. J (Play/Pause)
11. Z (Eject)
12. INFO (Information)
13. Z (Outer Ring)
14. Inner Rocker Knob
15. BACK
16. CD Slot
17. PHONE
18. RPT (Repeat Navigation)
19. NAVI (Navigation)
20. DEST (Destination)
21. SRCE (Source)
Infotainment Control Buttons
The buttons on the faceplate are
used to start primary functions while
1. { (Home) 4. O /n (Power/Volume) using the infotainment system.
2. Preset Buttons 1−6 5. ¨ \ (Seek Next/Forward)
3. s © (Seek Previous/Reverse) 6. FAV 1/2/3 (Favorites)
10/21/15
SRCE : Press to change the audio . If a destination has already been scroll through the favorites pages.
source to AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if entered, press to access the The stored stations for each list
equipped), Pandora® (if equipped), Destination Menu. See display on the bottom of the screen.
Stitcher® (if equipped), CD, USB/ Destination 0 172. To change the number of preset
iPod, AUX, or Bluetooth Audio. O/n : Favorite Pages press the Config on
{ : Press to go to the Home Page. the Home Page, then press Radio
. Press to turn the system on Settings, and then press Number of
See “Home Page” later in this and off.
section. Favorite Pages.
. Turn to adjust the volume. AS 1/2 : See “Autostore” later in this
s©: section.
. CD, USB, Bluetooth Audio:
¨\:
Press to seek to the beginning of . CD, USB, Bluetooth Audio: NAVI :
the current or previous track. Press to seek the next track. . Press to view the vehicle’s
Press and hold to quickly Press and hold to fast forward current position on the map
reverse through a track. Release through a track. Release the screen.
the button to return to playing button to return to playing
. Continue pressing to cycle
speed. See CD Player 0 155, speed. See CD Player 0 155,
USB 0 164, or Bluetooth through the full map and split
USB 0 164, or Bluetooth screens.
Audio 0 164. Audio 0 164.
. AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped): PHONE :
. AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped):
Press to seek to the previous Press to seek to the previous . Press to enter the phone main
strong station. strong station. screen. See Bluetooth 0 197 or
J : Press to pause or resume OnStar Overview 0 360.
Preset Buttons 1–6 : Use to select
stored AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if playback. See CD Player 0 155, . Press and hold to mute or
equipped) stations. USB 0 164, or Bluetooth unmute the infotainment system.
Audio 0 164. RPT : Press to repeat the last voice
DEST :
FAV 1/2/3 : Press to display the guidance prompt.
. Press to enter a destination.
current favorite page number above BACK : Press to return to the
the preset buttons. Keep pressing to previous screen in a menu.
10/21/15
Inner Rocker Knob : Move the Autostore

rocker knob in different directions to
To use Autostore:
navigate through the map
display only. 1. Press SRCE to select FM
or AM.
Z Knob :
2. Press AS 1/2 for two seconds.
1. Turn to change a radio station.
See AM-FM Radio 0 136. 3. The radio searches and
automatically stores the six
2. Turn to highlight a feature
strongest stations.
within a menu. Press the outer
diameter (chrome ring) of the Press AS 1/2 to alternate between
Z knob to activate the the Autostore stations and favorites.
highlighted feature. Autostore does not delete
INFO : Press to alternate between previously stored favorite stations. b / g : Press to interact with
an audio or navigation information Bluetooth or voice recognition. See
Autostore does not function with Bluetooth 0 197 or Voice
screen. SiriusXM radio stations. Recognition 0 191.
CONFIG : Press to adjust features
for Languages, Time and Date, Touch Screen Buttons $ / i : Press to decline an
Radio Settings, Phone Settings, incoming call, or to end a current
Touch screen buttons are on the
Display Settings, and Vehicle screen and highlighted when a call. Press to silence the vehicle
Settings. feature is available. Some toggle speakers while using the
screen buttons highlight when active infotainment system. Press again to
Z : Press to eject a disc from the turn the sound on. Press to cancel
CD player. See CD Player 0 155. and gray out when inactive.
voice recognition.
H : Press to open the clock menu. Steering Wheel Controls _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
source.
Depending on the vehicle options,
some audio functions can be
controlled through the steering
wheel controls.
10/21/15
Use the thumbwheel to select the Home Page q Previous : Touch to go to the
next or previous favorite radio previous page.
Bluetooth Audio. Next r : Touch to go to the
next page.
or show using Pandora or Stitcher. Home Page Customization
+ x − : Press + to increase the
volume. Press − to decrease.
Touch Screen Buttons
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 93.
The Home Page allows access to
Using the System many of the features.
Back : Touch to return to the
The infotainment system is
previous page.
controlled by touching the screen, The first Home Page can be
and by using the knobs and other Home : Touch to go back to the customized.
buttons. Home Page.
To add screen buttons:
Voice recognition, through the Fav : Touch to display a page of
steering wheel controls, can be stored (favorite) AM, FM, or XM (if 1. Touch Menu.
used to control the infotainment equipped) stations. Keep touching 2. Touch Customize.
features. Fav to scroll through the favorite
pages. 3. Touch a screen button to add
Press b / g on the steering wheel or remove from the first Home
controls to begin voice recognition. More r : This button may display Page. A h indicates it will be
See Voice Recognition 0 191. depending on the number of options displayed. The maximum
stored on the Home Page. Touch to number of buttons on Home
go to the next page. Page 1 is eight.
10/21/15
4. Touch Done.
To move screen buttons:
1. Touch Sort.
2. Touch to select an icon to
move and swap with another
icon on the first Home Touch Now Playing to display the Touch Destination to display the
Page only. active source page. The sources Destination Entry home page or the
3. Touch Done. available are AM, FM, SiriusXM (if Destination Menu. The available
equipped), CD, USB/iPod, Pandora screen buttons provide easy access
To restore Home Page 1 defaults: (if equipped), Stitcher, Bluetooth to a variety of ways to enter a
1. Touch Menu. Audio, and AUX. destination. See Destination 0 172.
2. Touch Restore Home Page See AM-FM Radio 0 136, Satellite
Defaults. Radio 0 139, CD Player 0 155,
Pandora Internet Radio 0 146,
3. Touch Yes or Cancel. Stitcher Internet Radio 0 150,
Home Page Features and Auxiliary Devices 0 164.
Touch screen buttons are
highlighted when a feature is Touch Phone to display the Phone
available. main page. See Bluetooth 0 197.
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
Touch Navigation to display a map

of your current vehicle position. See
Using the Navigation System 0 166,
Maps 0 170, Navigation Symbols
0 170, and Configure Menu 0 183.
10/21/15
Touch Config to display the Config Touch Pictures to view pictures on

main page. From this display, adjust your USB drive or SD card. Pictures
features such as time and date, on the SD card can only be viewed
radio, phone, navigation, vehicle, through a USB adapter. See
and display. See Configure Pictures 0 154.
Menu 0 183.
Touch XM (if equipped) to display
the XM main page and play the
current or last tuned SiriusXM
channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 136
and Satellite Radio 0 139.
Touch FM to display the FM main

Touch Tone to display the Tone page and play the current or last
main page. Adjust the tone and tuned FM station. See AM-FM
speakers by touching the screen Radio 0 136.
buttons to change the levels of
sound for treble, midrange, bass,
fade, and balance. See AM-FM Touch Pandora (if equipped) to
Radio 0 136. display the Pandora home page and
stream personalized radio stations
based on artists, songs, genres, and
comedians. See Pandora Internet
Touch AM to display the AM main Radio 0 146.
page and play the current or last
tuned AM station. See AM-FM
Radio 0 136.
10/21/15
Touch E Bluetooth to display the

Bluetooth Audio main page to play
music through a Bluetooth device.
See Bluetooth Audio 0 164.
Touch Stitcher (if equipped) to Touch AUX to access any

display the Stitcher home page and connected auxiliary device. See
stream news, sports, and Auxiliary Devices 0 164.
entertainment shows through the
audio system. See Stitcher Internet
Radio 0 150. Touch iPod to display the iPod main
track selected. See Auxiliary
Devices 0 164.
Touch Weather (if equipped) to

display the weather main page.
Select other weather-related options
Touch CD to display the CD main from that list. See “SiriusXM Travel
page and play the current or last CD Link Weather” under Satellite
track selected. See CD Radio 0 139.
Player 0 155. Touch USB to display the USB main
track selected. See Auxiliary
Devices 0 164.
10/21/15
Touch Fuel (if equipped) to display Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces

detailed nationwide fuel pricing See and Vehicle Information and
“SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Pricing” Radio Displays
under Satellite Radio 0 139.
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Touch Messages (if equipped) to Before wiping the surface with the
display the Text Message Inbox. microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
See Text Messaging 0 204. brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
Touch Movies (if equipped) to show clean. Never use window cleaners
details of local movie theater or solvents. Periodically hand wash
listings, start times, and ratings if the microfiber cloth separately,
available. See “SiriusXM Travel Link using mild soap. Do not use bleach
Movie Listings” under Satellite or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
Radio 0 139. If equipped, Apps requires a Wi-Fi and air dry before next use.
Internet connection as part of a
smartphone or other mobile device Caution
data service plan. On most
smartphones, activation is in the Do not attach a device with a
Settings menu under Mobile suction cup to the display. This
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, may cause damage and would
Mobile Hotspot, Wi-Fi Hotspot, not be covered by the vehicle
Touch Quick Info to access or similar. After activation of Wi-Fi warranty.
information on Audio playing, on the smartphone, touch Apps on
OnStar Turn-by-Turn route (if the radio Home Page. Follow the
equipped), 5-day Forecast, Nearby prompts to configure the Internet
Fuel Stations, and Movie connection and set up an account.
Showtimes. See Quick Info 0 145. See www.buick.com/intellilink (U.S.).
10/21/15
Software Updates Radio Some radios may stay on longer

and reset the time for 10 minutes if
See www.buick.com for software there are any additional presses of
updates. AM-FM Radio the radio button.
Playing the Radio The radio can be turned off at any
O /n : time by pressing the power button.
. Press to turn the radio on or off. Audio Source
. Turn to increase or decrease the
volume of the active source.
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.
Radio Operation
Press SRCE on the faceplate or
The radio will work when the key is SRC on the steering wheel controls
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. to display and scroll through the
When the key is turned from ON/ available sources AM, FM, SiriusXM
RUN to LOCK/OFF, the radio will (if equipped), Pandora (if equipped),
continue to work for 10 minutes or Stitcher, CD, USB, AUX, and
until the driver door is opened. Bluetooth Audio.
The radio can be turned on by
Infotainment System Settings
pressing the power button on the
radio and will stay on for Tone Settings
10 minutes. Opening the driver door
To access the tone settings, touch
will not turn the radio off when
Tone Settings on the Home Page.
pressing the power button.
Tone settings are specific to each
source.
10/21/15
To adjust the settings: Turn the Z knob to find a radio 2. Touch the Menu screen button
. Bass: Touch + or − to change station. To select a preset station, to display the AM stations or
the level. press FAV 1/2/3 to scroll through the categories.
favorite pages and then press a 3. Touch to select an option. To
. Mid (Midrange): Touch + or − to
preset button on the radio or the update the station list, touch
change the level. screen button. Refresh.
. Treble: Touch + or − to change
the level. Seeking a Station FM
. EQ: Press or turn the Z Press s © or ¨ \ to search for a

knob to cycle through the preset station.
EQ options. AM
. Fade: Touch F or R for more
sound from the front or rear
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
front and rear speakers.
. Balance: Touch L or R for more 1. Touch the FM screen button on
sound from the left or right the Home Page or select FM
speakers. The middle position by pressing SRCE on the
balances the sound between the faceplate or pressing SRC on
left and right speakers. 1. Touch the AM screen button on the steering wheel controls,
the Home Page or select AM or say “Tune FM” or “FM”
Finding a Station through voice recognition.
by pressing SRCE on the
Press SRCE on the faceplate or faceplate or pressing SRC on 2. Touch the Menu screen button
press SRC on the steering wheel the steering wheel controls, to display the FM stations or
controls to select AM, FM, SiriusXM or say “Tune AM” or “AM” categories.
(if equipped), Pandora (if equipped), through voice recognition.
Stitcher (if equipped), CD, USB,
AUX, and Bluetooth Audio.
10/21/15
3. Touch to select an option. To Storing Radio Station Presets 1. Touch Config on the
update the station list, touch Home Page.
Up to 36 preset stations can be
Refresh. 2. Touch Radio Settings.
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
XM (If Equipped) equipped) can be mixed. 3. Touch Number of Favorite
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM Pages.
main page, press and hold any
Recalling a Preset Station
of the 1−6 buttons or one of the
preset screen buttons at the To recall a preset station from a
bottom of the screen. After a favorites page, do one of the
few seconds, a beep is heard following:
and the new preset information . Touch the Fav screen button at
displays on that screen button. the top bar to display the preset
2. Repeat for each preset. pop-up. Touch one of the preset
1. Touch the XM screen button on screen buttons to go to the
the Home Page or select XM
Mixed-Band Presets selected preset station.
by pressing SRCE on the Each favorite page can store . In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
faceplate or pressing SRC on six preset stations. The presets equipped) main page, touch one
the steering wheel controls, within a page can be different radio of the preset screen buttons to
or say “Tune XM” or “XM” bands. go to the selected preset station.
through voice recognition. To scroll through the pages, press
2. Touch the Menu screen button FAV 1/2/3 or touch the Fav screen Radio Data System (RDS)
to display the XM categories. button on the top bar. The current RDS features are available for use
3. Touch a category and then turn page number displays above the only on FM stations that broadcast
preset buttons. The stored stations
the Z knob to scroll the for each favorite page display on the
RDS information. With RDS, the
station list. Touch to select an radio can:
preset buttons.
option. . Seek to stations broadcasting
To change the number of favorite the selected type of
pages displayed: programming.
10/21/15

. Receive announcements Satellite Radio TuneSelect
concerning local and national
emergencies. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
. Display messages from radio
stations.
This system relies on receiving
specific information from these
stations and only works when the
information is available. It is
possible that a radio station could
broadcast incorrect information that
An alert will be sent when the radio
causes the radio features to work sees that search criteria on any
improperly. If this happens, contact Vehicles with a valid SiriusXM SiriusXM channel is met and will
the radio station. satellite radio subscription can offer the option to tune to that song
When information is broadcast from receive SiriusXM programming. or artist. Up to 10 artists and songs
the current FM station, the station SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide can be saved in the TuneSelect list.
name or call letters display on the variety of programming and To store an Artist or Song:
audio screen. RDS can provide a commercial-free music, coast to
program type (PTY) for current coast, and in digital-quality sound. 1. Touch Menu when the Artist or
programming and the name of the Song is on SiriusXM.
See www.siriusxm.com or call
program being broadcasted. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). 2. Select TuneSelect to access
When SiriusXM is active, the station the TuneSelect Menu.
name, number, category name,
song title, and artist display on the
screen. SiriusXM may update the
background picture at any time.
10/21/15
SiriusXM Categories 4. Select or deselect any category

to be used in XM mode.
SiriusXM stations are organized in
A checkmark will indicate that
categories.
the category is selected.
Adding or Removing XM Touch Show All XM Categories to
Categories restore all SiriusXM categories.
SiriusXM Channel Art
SiriusXM provides updated category
3. Select Save Alert for Artist background graphics and the radio
Playing or Save Alert for Song will automatically update the screen.
Playing. SiriusXM may send updated
4. Touch OK to confirm. category graphics to the vehicle.
When this happens, the background
To turn TuneSelect on or off: graphics may appear to be incorrect
1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM. but the radio will update once all of
To customize which SiriusXM the graphics have been downloaded
2. Select TuneSelect.
categories are used and displayed from SiriusXM.
3. Select Alerts Active to turn the in the system: To turn SiriusXM channel graphics
alerts on or off.
1. Press CONFIG or touch the on or off:
To delete TuneSelect Alerts: Config screen button on the
Home Page. 1. Press { on the faceplate.
1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM.
2. Select Radio Settings from the 2. Select XM.
2. Touch Manage TuneSelect.
Settings Menu list. 3. Touch Menu on the XM Now
3. Touch Delete Alerts. Playing Screen.
3. Select XM Categories.
4. Select the alert to delete. 4. Touch the XM Channel Art to
5. Touch OK to confirm. turn on or off.
10/21/15
NavTraffic® (If Equipped) Traffic information is delivered to the All Traffic Events : Touch to view a
vehicle by the SiriusXM Radio list of reported traffic conditions for
The navigation system might have a
satellites. SiriusXM NavTraffic up to approximately 100 km (70 mi).
SiriusXM NavTraffic receiver. It is a
provides continuously updated It could take some time to display
subscription service provided
traffic information. the information received.
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio.
A service fee is required to receive SiriusXM NavTraffic currently The information is displayed with an
the SiriusXM NavTraffic service. broadcasts the traffic information for arrow and distance. The arrow
Real-time traffic information is many markets nationally. The indicates the distance is a straight
provided to fully integrate the service may be available in more line and the direction of the event
navigation system to display current cities in the future. See from the vehicle's current position.
traffic conditions for the chosen www.xmnavtraffic.com for more Traffic Events on Route : Touch to
route. See “Traffic Settings” later in details on local coverage. display a list of reported traffic
this section. To access the traffic features, touch conditions on the current route. The
A screen displays to indicate that the Traffic button from the button is toned down if no route is
the SiriusXM NavTraffic subscription Navigation Menu or map screen. active.
is not activated. Traffic Settings : Touch to
If activated, traffic information customize traffic options.
displays:
. Unscheduled traffic incident
data, such as accidents and
disabled vehicles.
. Scheduled traffic incident data,
such as road construction and
road closures.
. Traffic flow information (rate of
speed data). Flow data might not
be available in all markets.
10/21/15
SiriusXM Travel Link (If SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Pricing . Choose Fuel Type: The
Available) When SiriusXM Travel Link available fuel types are Regular
information is available, the system (unleaded), Mid-Range,
The infotainment system may have Premium, and Diesel.
SiriusXM Travel Link®. It is a will display a list of fuel stations
subscription service provided close to the vehicle location. The list For more information on the fuel
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. will include the fuel station name, station, select the fuel station name.
A service fee is required to receive direction, distance and price. The The screen will show the fuel station
the SiriusXM Travel Link service. list can be sorted by distance or name, address, phone number,
When subscribed to SiriusXM Travel price and there are four different distance, amenities, and the last
Link, one or more services may be fuel types to choose from. As the time the fuel price was updated. If a
available: vehicle is moving, a direction arrow fuel station does not appear in the
and distance to fuel station will list, it may be new or the price may
. Travel Link Fuel Pricing:
update. The arrow represents the not have been updated in the past
Detailed nationwide fuel price direction to the gas station from the 24 hours.
information may be available. current vehicle position. The If equipped with Navigation when
. Travel Link Movie Listings: distance represents the straight line the fuel station is selected, see
Detailed local movie theater distance between the vehicle Destination 0 172 for more
listings, start times, and ratings location and the fuel station. information of navigation routing
may be available. From the Home Page, touch Fuel. features.
. Travel Link Weather: National The system will display a list of fuel Allow up to five minutes after turning
and Local Weather gives current stations close to the vehicle. on the vehicle for the fuel
and forecasted weather. Change the fuel information on the information to appear.
For more detailed information and screen by touching the Fuel Menu
coverage details on SiriusXM Travel button to:
Link see www.siriusxm.com. . Sort Fuel Stations By Price or By
Distance: The default sort
method is by distance.
10/21/15
SiriusXM Travel Link Movie arrow represents the location of the

Listings theater from the current vehicle
When SiriusXM Travel Link location. The distance represents
information is available, the Movie the straight line distance between
feature provides movie showtime the current vehicle location and the
and theater information for movies theater.
close to the vehicle location. Movie details are available when a
From the Home Page, touch movie is selected. Select the
Movies. The system displays the appropriate button to display more
information: From the Home Page, touch
Movie and Theater search page. Weather. The system displays the
. Cast and Synopsis XM Weather Menu. Some options
To search movies:
. Select the Movie field to choose . Playtime may only be available on vehicles
. equipped with navigation.
a movie name. Rating (G, PG-13, R, etc.)
. Select the Theater field to . Theater Name 3 Hour / 6 Hour Forecast
choose a specific theater. . Showtimes The 3 Hour / 6 Hour Forecast page
. Select the Date field to choose shows the current weather condition
Theater information includes in the city of the vehicle's current
which date to search movies address, phone number, distance,
and/or theaters. position.
and amenities.
. Touch the Search button to view Allow up to 15 minutes for the
a list of movies or theaters. SiriusXM Travel Link Weather current weather in the area to
SiriusXM Travel Link Weather uses display.
When searching by movie, a list will
display movies to select. When a the same sources that professional 5 Day Forecast
movie is selected, a theater list will pilots and mariners rely on.
Touch to show the extended 5 Day
appear with a direction arrow and forecast.
distance. The direction and distance
will update every 10 seconds as the
vehicle is moving. The direction
10/21/15
Forecast Along Route The options available are: Acquiring Signal : Radio is
If a destination is set, weather . Around Current Position downloading the activation
conditions can be viewed for up to information or not receiving a good
. Around Destination signal. Move the vehicle to open sky
three locations along the route:
. Select Weather Station and restart the vehicle.
. Current vehicle position.
Current Weather Advisories No XM Signal : Reception is
. Midway point from current blocked. Move the vehicle into
position to final destination. From the XM Weather Menu, touch open sky.
. Current weather condition of the the Current Weather Advisories
destination city. screen button to display any current Radio Reception
weather advisory warnings in effect
Nearby Ski Conditions near the current position. Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
Touch to show the nearby ski Troubleshooting reception if items such as cell phone
conditions. chargers, vehicle convenience
SiriusXM Travel Link services use
Location the SiriusXM® Satellite Signal and accessories, and external electronic
GPS Satellite Signal to provide this devices are plugged into the
Select this option to view weather accessory power outlet. If there is
conditions around or in a specific feature.
interference or static, unplug the
city entered by name or selected When the vehicle is started, it can item from the accessory power
from the map. take up to five minutes for the radio outlet.
to receive the Travel Link services.
FM
Travel Link Messages
FM signals only reach about 16 to
No GPS Signal : Move the vehicle
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
into a position that is visible to
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
the sky.
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
10/21/15
especially around tall buildings or Cellular Phone Usage Quick Info

hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging,
AM or having the phone on may cause
static interference in the radio.
The range for most AM stations is Unplug the phone or turn it off if this
greater than for FM, especially at happens.
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when Multi-Band Antenna
things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is used for
interfere with radio reception. When OnStar, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Quick Info gives access to quick
this happens, try reducing the treble Service System, and GPS (Global information on Audio playing,
on the radio. Positioning System), if the vehicle OnStar Turn-by-Turn route (if
has these features. Keep the
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio antenna clear of obstructions for
equipped), 5-day Forecast, Nearby
Service Fuel Stations, and Movie
clear reception. Showtimes.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is
gives digital radio reception from To access, touch Quick Info on the
open, reception can also be Home Page or press INFO on the
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous affected.
United States, and in Canada. Just faceplate. Depending on the system
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can and if the options are available for
interfere with satellite radio signals, that region, some options may be
causing the sound to fade in and grayed out.
out. In addition, traveling or standing Audio Info : Displays information
under heavy foliage, bridges, on the current item playing.
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
OnStar Turn-by-Turn : Displays the
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
next maneuver in a route. See
of time.
OnStar® Destination
Download 0 182.
10/21/15
5-day Forecast : Displays the www.pandora.com. Pandora may See Auxiliary Devices 0 164 or
5-day forecast for the weather not be available in Canada or Bluetooth 0 197. For first-time use,
station closest to the current Mexico. set up stations before connecting to
location. See “SiriusXM Travel Link A phone or tablet with Internet the vehicle. The Pandora icon will
Weather” in Satellite Radio 0 139. connection and the Pandora be available on the Home Page and
Nearby Fuel Stations : Displays application installed is required. the source pop-up displays if the
fuel prices and distances for close Personal cell phone data plans are latest application is installed on the
fuel stations. See “SiriusXM Travel used. Make sure the latest version device.
Link Fuel Pricing” in Satellite is installed on the device and the Using an iPhone, iPod touch,
Radio 0 139. volume is turned up. or iPad
Movie Showtimes : Displays a list To install Pandora: 1. Plug the device into the USB
of movies playing in the theaters . On an Android™ phone or port. The phone screen must
closest to the current location. See Android Tablet, go to the Android be unlocked.
“SiriusXM Travel Link Movie Play Store, and search for
Listings” in Satellite Radio 0 139. 2. To launch, do one of the
Pandora. Install to the phone, following :
not to the SD card.
Pandora Internet Radio . Launch the application on
. On a BlackBerry® phone, go to the device.
Pandora® is a free Internet radio the BlackBerry App World™ and
service that streams personalized . Touch Pandora on the
search for Pandora.
radio stations based on artists, Home Page.
songs, genres, and comedians. . On an iPhone®, iPad®, or iPod
touch®, go to the iTunes® Store . Press b / g and say
Create stations using the Pandora
and search for Pandora. “Pandora” or “Tune
website or smartphone application,
Pandora.”
then use - (thumbs up) or } Launching Pandora
. Accept any notifications on
(thumbs down) to personalize Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
stations. To set up an account, or for the device screen.
touch to the USB port, or connect
more information, go to an Android or BlackBerry through To relaunch Pandora, press SRCE
Bluetooth. on the faceplate or press SRC on
the steering wheel controls.
10/21/15
If nothing happens when the . Press b / g and say 2. Use one of the following to
available Pandora screen button is “Pandora” or “Tune launch:
touched, download the latest Pandora.” . Launch the application on
Pandora application and retry. the device.
After Pandora has been launched,
Pandora will always be highlighted press SRCE on the faceplate or . Touch Pandora on the
on the Home Page when an iPhone, press SRC on the steering wheel Home Page.
iPad, or iPod touch is connected controls to access Pandora
using the USB port. To use, log into features. . Press b / g and say
your account. “Pandora” or “Tune
If nothing happens when the Pandora.”
If the “Please See Device” message available Pandora screen button is
is shown, the login screen may touched, download the latest After Pandora has been launched,
display on the device. Pandora application and retry. press SRCE on the faceplate or
If Pandora is shut down on the press SRC on the steering wheel
If the “Please See Device” message controls to access Pandora
phone or another audio app is used, is shown, the login screen may
Pandora may not start on the next features.
display on the device.
ignition cycle. If iPod source is If nothing happens when the
selected, it may show iPod and then If the “Please Unlock the Phone or available Pandora screen button is
switch to Pandora. Restart the App and Try again” pressed, download the latest
message is shown, then the phone Pandora application and retry.
Using an Android Phone may be locked. Unlock the phone,
1. Pair the Android phone using close the app, and then restart the If the “Please See Device” message
Bluetooth. app to ensure proper is shown, the login screen may
communication. display on the device.
2. Use one of the following to
launch: Using a BlackBerry Phone If the “Please Unlock the Phone or
Restart the App and Try again”
. Launch the application on The phone must be unlocked. To message is shown, then your phone
the device. launch Pandora service: may be locked. Unlock the phone,
. Touch Pandora on the 1. Pair the BlackBerry phone close the app, then restart the app
Home Page. using Bluetooth. to ensure proper communication.
10/21/15
Pandora Menus d : When touched, Pandora

changes to the next track.
J : Press J on the radio faceplate
to pause playback. Press again to
resume.
Tuning Pandora Stations : When
Pandora is playing, use b / g on
the steering wheel to tune to any
Pandora station on the device.
} : Touch while playing a track to
Touch Menu on the Pandora bookmark either the track or the 1. Press b / g on the steering
main page. artist. Bookmarks are viewable on wheel.
www.pandora.com.
Pandora has a menu system with 2. Say “Tune Pandora <Classic
the following: } : When touched, Pandora stores Rock> Radio.”
the information, changes to the next
Shuffle : Touch to play the stations track, and does not play the track on Pandora voice control will not work
in random order. this station again. This helps until Pandora is launched the first
Pandora choose which tracks time during that ignition cycle.
Touch a user-created station to play
from the displayed list. should not play on this station. This Pandora Skip Limit
feature is only available on user
Pandora Features created stations. Pandora limits the number of skips
allowed on their service. When the
Pandora has features to rate tracks, - : When touched, Pandora stores
skip tracks, or change stations. skip limit is reached, } will not skip
this information and - is
the currently playing track, but }
highlighted for the remainder of the
feedback will be recorded.
track. This helps Pandora choose
which tracks should play on this
station.
10/21/15
Pandora Advertisement Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down

Pandora may display If the device is unable to launch Error
advertisements. Artist name and Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a
track title will not be displayed and . Check that the latest version of track with the } or - buttons, an
the skip track button is not Pandora is installed. error message will display. Touch
available. OK to retry.
. Check that there is an active
Switching Between Pandora and account logged into Pandora. Loss of Audio
Stitcher
. Have at least one station Loss of Pandora audio can happen
To switch between Pandora and created. in different ways:
Stitcher, press the application icon
on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad. . For Android and BlackBerry . Weak or lost data connection.
This is not required for Android devices, check that the device is . Device needs to be charged.
devices. See Stitcher Internet paired with the vehicle, and the
Bluetooth icon on the display is . Application needs to be
Radio 0 150.
highlighted. relaunched.
Pandora Troubleshooting . For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad . Connection between phone and
Unable to Connect Device to devices, check that the USB radio lost.
Vehicle cable is connected to the USB . If any iPhone, iPod touch,
port and the screen is unlocked. or iPad is connected to
If the device is unable to connect to
the USB or Bluetooth: . Close Pandora on the device Bluetooth and the dock
and launch again. Devices that connector, go to the Airplay icon
1. Turn the vehicle off. on the device and select dock
allow multitasking may require
2. Remove the key from the an extra step to quit the Pandora connector or disconnect and
ignition. application. See the cell phone reconnect the dock connector on
manufacturer's user guide. the device.
3. Open and close the driver door,
wait about 30 seconds, and try . The volume is too low. Turn up
to connect the device again. the volume on the device.
10/21/15

. The battery saver and task No Stations Found : Logged in but use Stitcher's preset stations. To set
manager applications on the no stations have been created. up an account, download the
phone can cause Pandora to Touch OK to continue. application from the Android Market
function incorrectly. Remove Please Unlock the Phone or or iTunes Store, or go to
those apps from the phone or Restart the App and Try again : www.stitcher.com.
remove Pandora and Bluetooth Communication failure between the A phone or tablet with Internet
from the task lists. radio and the phone application, connection is required for this
If the connection is lost between the or the device is locked. application. Personal cell phone
application and device, a message Devices that allow multitasking may data plans are used. Make sure the
“Please Unlock the Phone or require an extra step to quit the latest version is installed on the
Restart the App and Try again” will Pandora application. Close Pandora device and the volume on the
display. Touch OK to retry. on the device and launch again. device is turned up.
If touching OK does not clear the Unlock the phone and check that BlackBerry phones are not
issue on the phone, see "Please the Home Page shows on the supported for this application.
Unlock the Phone or Restart the phone/device. To install Stitcher:
App and Try again” under "Common
Pandora Messages" following. See the cell phone manufacturer's . On an Android phone or Tablet
user guide. with Internet connection, go to
Common Pandora Messages the Android Play Store, search
See www.pandora.com/help for
Please See Device : When not more information. If the service will for Stitcher, and install to the
logged in or when authentication not work, see your dealer for phone, not to the SD card.
failed, see the device. Touch OK to assistance. . On an iPhone, iPad, or iPod
continue. touch, go to the iTunes Store
Paused or Audio Paused : Stitcher Internet Radio and search for Stitcher.
Playback is paused on the radio or
Stitcher SmartRadio® is an Internet
on the device. Press J or play on radio service that streams news,
the device. sports, and entertainment shows
through the audio system. Create
personalized, on-demand stations or
10/21/15
Launching Stitcher 3. If Stitcher does not begin Using an Android Phone

playing, select a category and 1. Pair the Android phone using
Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
then a station. Bluetooth.
touch to the USB port, or connect
Android through Bluetooth. See After Stitcher has been launched, 2. Use one of the following to
Auxiliary Devices 0 164 or Bluetooth press SRCE on the faceplate or launch:
0 197. For first-time use, set up the press SRC on the steering wheel
stations before connecting to the controls to access Stitcher features. . Press the application on the
vehicle. The Stitcher icon will be device.
If nothing happens when the
available on the Home Page and available Stitcher screen button is . Touch Stitcher on the
source pop-up displays if the latest touched, download the latest Home Page.
application is installed on the Stitcher application and retry.
device. . Press b / g and say
Stitcher will always be highlighted “Stitcher” or “Tune Stitcher.”
Using the iPhone, iPod touch, on the Home Page when an iPhone,
or an iPad iPad, or iPod touch is connected 3. If Stitcher does not begin
using the USB port. To use, log into playing, select a category and
1. Plug the device into the USB then a station.
port. The phone screen must your account.
be unlocked. If the “Please See Device” message After Stitcher has been launched,
is shown, the login screen may press SRCE on the faceplate or
2. Use one of the following to press SRC on the steering wheel
launch : display on the device.
controls to access Stitcher features.
. Press the application on the If the “Please Unlock the Phone or
Restart the App and Try again” If nothing happens when the
device. available Stitcher screen button is
message is shown, then the phone
. Touch Stitcher on the may be locked. Unlock the phone, touched, download the latest
Home Page. close the app, then restart the app Stitcher application and retry.
. Press b / g and say and make sure the home page is If the “Please See Device” message
“Stitcher” or “Tune Stitcher.” visible on the phone/device. is shown, the login screen may
display on the device.
. Accept any notifications on
the device screen.
10/21/15
If the “Please Unlock the Phone or Stitcher Station Categories : q : When touched, the current
Restart the App and Try again” Displays categories by topic. show is added to the favorites
message is shown, then your phone When a category then sub-category station.
may be locked. Unlock the phone,
close the app, then restart the app
is selected, the radio will start } : When touched, Stitcher
playing the first program in that changes to the next show. This
to ensure proper communication. sub-category. helps Stitcher provide a
Stitcher Menus personalized listening experience.
Turn the Z knob to display the
first 24 stations of that sub-category. - : When touched, Stitcher stores
Current Station Playlist : While this information and - is
listening to a show, turn the Z highlighted for the remainder of the
show. This helps Stitcher provide a
knob to display the menu list of
personalized listening experience.
shows available for the current
station. d : When touched, Stitcher
changes to the next show.
Stitcher Features
J : Press on the faceplate to pause
Stitcher service has features to rate playback. Press again to resume.
Touch Menu on the Stitcher or skip shows, or change stations.
main page. Stitcher Advertisement
Stitcher has a menu system with the Stitcher may display
following: advertisements. Artist name and title
My On Demand Stations : Displays may not display and the skip track
a list of favorite stations and shows. button is not available.
Select and store programs as Switching Between Pandora and

favorites on the device. Favorite Stitcher
station lists can be created to To switch between Pandora and
include favorite shows which can be Stitcher, press the application icon
accessed through My On Demand on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad.
Stations.
10/21/15
This is not required for Android . Check that there is an active . If any iPhone, iPod touch,
devices. See Pandora Internet account logged into Stitcher. or iPad is connected to
Radio 0 146. . For Android devices, check that Bluetooth and the dock
the device is paired with the connector, go to the Airplay icon
Stitcher Troubleshooting on the device and select dock
vehicle, and the Bluetooth icon
Unable to Connect Device to on the display is highlighted. connector or disconnect and
Vehicle reconnect the dock connector on
. For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad the device.
If the device is unable to connect to devices, check that the USB
the USB or Bluetooth: . The volume is too low. Turn up
cable is connected to the USB
port and the screen is unlocked the volume on the device.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
and the Home Page is showing. If the connection is lost between the
2. Remove the key from the application and device, a message
ignition. . Close Stitcher on the device and
launch again. Devices that allow “Please Unlock the Phone or
3. Open and close the driver door, multitasking may require an Restart the App and Try again” will
wait about 30 seconds, and try extra step to quit the Stitcher display. Touch OK to retry.
to connect the device again. application. See the cell phone If touching OK does not clear the
The battery saver and task manager manufacturer's user guide. issue, see “Please Unlock the
applications on the phone can Phone or Restart the App and Try
Loss of Audio again” under “Common Stitcher
cause Stitcher to function
incorrectly. Remove those apps Loss of Stitcher audio can happen Messages” following.
from the phone or remove Stitcher due to:
Common Stitcher Messages
and Bluetooth from the task lists. . Weak or lost data connection.
Please Try Again Later : A general
Unable to Start Stitcher . Device needs to be charged. error has occurred. A data
If the device is unable to launch . Application needs to be connection may be unavailable due
Stitcher: relaunched. to a weak or lost signal or the
. Check that the latest version of Stitcher service being temporarily
. Connection between phone and down. Touch OK to continue.
Stitcher is installed. radio is lost.
10/21/15
Paused or Audio Paused : See www.stitcher.com/help for more

Playback is paused on the radio or information. If the service will not
on device. Press J or play on the work, send an e-mail to
device. feedback@stitcher.com or see your
dealer for assistance.
Please See Device : When the user
is not logged in or when Pictures
authentication failed, see the
device. Touch OK to continue. Pictures can only be viewed using
Disconnect the phone from the radio USB devices. If pictures are on an
3. A list displays. Select a picture
and follow the Stitcher account login SD card, transfer to a USB device
to view.
process on the phone. or use a USB-SD adapter.
A maximum 5Mb uncompressed
No Stations Found : The user is
photo size is supported, however to
logged in but no stations have been
achieve this, use a 4 Megapixel or
created. Touch OK to continue.
lower resolution camera setting.
Please Choose a New Station : Only jpeg, bmp, gif, and png files
The end of the station has been are supported.
reached and there is no more
1. Touch Pictures on the
content to play. Select a new station
Home Page.
through the Stitcher menu.
2. The system does a search to
Please Unlock the Phone or 4. Once a picture displays, the
find the picture folders.
Restart the App and Try again : following options are available:
A “Please wait” message
Communication failure between the
displays until the search is Info : Touch to turn file name
radio and the phone application or
finished. information on or off.
the device is locked.
S : Touch to display a previous
picture if not in slide show mode.
r : Touch to toggle between slide
show mode and manual mode.
10/21/15
T : Touch to display a next picture if . Do not apply labels to discs. The

Audio Players labels could get caught in the
not in slide show mode.
player.
E : Touch to manually rotate a CD Player
picture 90 degrees . Insert only one disc at a time.
The CD player is capable of playing:
counterclockwise. . Keep the loading slot free of
. Most audio CDs foreign materials, liquids, and
Menu : Touch to open the Picture
Viewer Settings screen. Slide . CD-R debris.
Picture Viewer Main, Slideshow . CD-RW . Use a marking pen to label the
Timer, and Shuffle Images display top of the disc.
as options for configuring the view . MP3, unprotected WMA, and
of images stored in the system. AAC formats Loading and Ejecting Discs
If the displayed picture screen is not When playing any compatible To load a disc:
used within six seconds, the upper recordable disc, the sound quality
1. Turn the vehicle on.
and lower bar options will disappear. may be reduced due to the disc, the
Touch-tap the screen to re-display method of recording, the quality of 2. Insert a disc into the slot, right
the upper and lower bar. the music recorded, or how the disc side up. The player pulls it in
has been handled. the rest of the way. If the disc
is damaged or improperly
There may be increased skipping,
loaded, there is an error and
difficulty reading recorded tracks,
the disc ejects.
finding tracks, and/or loading and
ejecting. If these problems occur, The disc automatically plays once
check the disc for damage or try a loaded.
known good disc.
Press Z to eject a disc from the
To avoid damage to the CD player: CD player. If the disc is not removed
. Do not use scratched or within a short period of time, it is
damaged discs. automatically pulled back into the
player.
10/21/15
Playing an Audio CD s ©: Error Messages

. Press to seek to the beginning of If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
the current or previous track. comes out, it could be due to:
If the track has been playing for . The disc has an invalid or
less than five seconds, it seeks unknown format.
to the previous track. If longer
than five seconds, the current . The disc is very hot. Try the disc
track starts from the beginning. again when the temperature
returns to normal.
. Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the . The road is very rough. Try the
1. Touch CD on the Home Page button to return to playing disc again when the road is
or select CD from the source speed. Elapsed time displays. smoother.
pop-up to display the CD . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
main page.
¨ \:
or upside down.
. Press to seek to the next track.
2. Touch the Menu screen button . The air is very humid. Try the
to display the menu options. . Press and hold to fast forward disc again later.
through a track. Release the
3. Touch to select the option. . There was a problem while
button to return to playing
On the CD main page, the track speed. Elapsed time displays. burning the disc.
number displays and the Song, . The label is caught in the CD
Artist, and Album information
Z Knob : Turn to the right or
left to select the next or previous player.
displays when available.
track. Press the outer ring of this If the CD is not playing correctly, try
Use the following radio controls to knob to select from the list. If a track a known good CD.
play the disc: is selected from the menu, the
system plays the track and returns If any error continues, contact your
J : Use to pause or resume play. dealer.
to the CD screen.
10/21/15
MP3 MP3 Music Menu Song Titles : Touch to display a list

Touch the Menu screen button while of all songs on the disc. Songs are
Playing an MP3 CD that source is active to access displayed as stored on the disc.
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same the menu. There might be a delay before the
instructions as “Playing an list displays. To begin playback,
Touch any of the following buttons select a song from the list.
Audio CD”. on the MP3 Menu:
The following guidelines must be Genres : Touch to view the genres.
Shuffle Songs : Touch to play the Select a genre to view a list of all
met when creating an MP3 disc, tracks randomly. Touch again to
otherwise the CD might not play: songs of that genre. Select a song
stop shuffle. from the list to begin playback.
. Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
Play Lists : Touch to view the Folders : Touch to open a folder list
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, playlists stored on the disc. Select a
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz. to access the files within the folder
playlist to view the list of all songs in structure.
. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, that playlist. There might be a delay
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, before the list displays. Select a Root Directory
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, song from the list to begin playback. The root directory is treated as a
and 320 kbps. Artists : Touch to view the list of folder. All files contained directly
. Maximum number of folders: artists stored on the disc. Select an under the root directory are
eight folders with 255 files per artist name to view a list of all songs accessed prior to any root directory
folder. by the artist. There might be a delay folders.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on before the list displays. Select a Empty Folders
a disc. song from the list to begin playback.
If a root directory or folder is empty
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW. Albums : Touch to view the albums or contains only folders, the player
on the disc. Select the album to advances to the next folder in the
. The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ view a list of all songs on the album. file structure that contains a
Genre information requires a CD There might be a delay before the compressed audio file. The empty
to be fully scanned before the list displays. Select a song from the folder(s) are not displayed or
music navigator works with list to begin playback. numbered.
these menus.
10/21/15
No Folder If equipped, the USB port is in the Searching Music Library Using
When the CD only contains center stack. Voice Recognition
compressed audio files without any The USB icon displays when the Voice Recognition: Gracenote
folders or playlists, all files are USB device is connected. improves music search and
under the root folder. navigation by identifying bands,
USB Media Formats artists, and albums names that may
File System and Naming be hard to pronounce, irregular
The USB port will support the
The song titles, artists, albums, and following media formats: spellings, and nicknames as voice
genres are taken from the file's ID3 . MP3 commands to access music. See
tag and are only displayed if present Voice Recognition 0 191.
in the tag. If a song title is not . Unprotected WMA
Normalization: If equipped,
present in the ID3 tag, the radio . Unprotected AAC normalization helps to improve the
displays the file name as the voice recognition accuracy for titles
track name. Other formats may be supported.
that sound similar. It also helps
Preprogrammed Playlists Gracenote® group long lists of genres into 10
common genres. For example, there
The radio recognizes Gracenote technology embedded
may be multiple rock genres in the
preprogrammed playlists; however, into the radio helps manage and
media library; normalization will
there is no editing capability. These navigate the USB device music
group all those into one rock genre.
playlists are treated as special collection. When a USB device is
Normalization default is off.
folders containing compressed connected to the radio, Gracenote
audio song files. identifies the music collection and
delivers the correct album, artist
USB name, genres, and cover art on the
screen. If information is missing,
Playing from a USB Gracenote will fill it in.
A USB mass storage or Certified
Windows Vista®/Media Transfer
Protocol (MTP) device can be
connected to the USB port.
10/21/15
To turn Normalization On: Menu when the device is music search will be available. The
1. Press CONFIG or touch Config reconnected. If songs are removed radio will index and store two
on the Home Page. from the device, the system will skip devices with up to 10,000 songs on
over those songs and play the next each device.
2. Touch Radio Settings, then available song.
touch Gracenote Options. USB MP3 Players and USB Drives
Use the touch screen or voice
3. Touch Normalization to turn on . The USB MP3 players and USB
recognition to create a More Like
or off. This Play List. See “Voice drives connected must comply
Recognition Commands” in Voice with the USB Mass Storage
Cover Art: The Gracenote Class specification (USB MSC).
embedded database contains cover Recognition 0 191.
art or album art information for the . Hard disk drives are not
Gracenote Indexing supported.
music on the USB device. If the
music is recognized by Gracenote While Gracenote is indexing, . The radio will not be able to play
and does have cover art, Gracenote infotainment features are available back write-protected music.
will use the cover art found in the including selecting music from the
menu. Voice recognition music will . File systems supported: FAT32,
embedded database and display it
on the radio. User predefined cover not be available until the radio has NTFS, Linux, and HFS+.
art will always be used first. If no completed indexing the device. . The following restrictions apply
cover art is found, Gracenote will Devices with more music may take for the data stored on a USB
use generic genre graphics or longer to index. The device will MP3 player or USB device:
images of artists. index when plugged into the radio
for the first time. When Indexing is ‐ Maximum folder structure
More Like This removed from the screen, the radio depth: 8 levels.
The Gracenote database contains is ready to support music search. ‐ Maximum number of MP3/
attributes for music, such as genre, On the next connection or ignition WMA files that can be
era of music, region, artist type, cycle, Indexing will show briefly on displayed: 10,000.
mood, etc. Use this to create a the screen. The radio is searching
for changes to the device and ‐ Playlist entries must be in the
playlist of up to 30 songs "more like" form of relative paths.
the currently playing song. This preparing the music list. If there are
playlist will be stored in the Playlist no changes, the voice recognition
10/21/15
‐ The system attribute for The radio supports plugging a cell ¨ \:

folders/files that contain audio phone in as a USB drive as long as
data must not be set. the cell phone supports USB mass . Touch to seek to the next track.
To play a USB device, do one of the storage class or has USB disc drive . Touch and hold to advance
following: support enabled. quickly through playback.
While the USB source is active, use Release to return to playing
. Connect the USB and it begins speed. Elapsed time displays.
to play. the following to operate USB
function: USB Menu
. Touch Now Playing on the
Home Page. Z Knob : Turn to scroll through The following are available through
the list. Turn quickly to fast scroll the USB Menu:
. Press SRCE to scroll until the alphabetically through large lists.
USB source screen is available. Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks
J : Touch to start, pause, randomly. Touch again to stop
. Press b / g on the steering or resume play of the current media shuffle.
wheel controls to play CD, Artist, source.
Play More Like This:
Album, Song Title, or Song s ©:
Genre. See Voice 1. Touch to automatically create a
Recognition 0 191. . Touch to seek to the beginning playlist of songs that are like
of the current or previous track. the song currently playing.
The following playlist formats are If the track has been playing for
supported: less than five seconds, the 2. The radio will show Playlist
. M3U (Standard and Extended) previous track plays. If playing Creation Succeeded and
longer than five seconds, the continue playing the
. iTunes current song.
current track restarts.
. PLS (Standard) . Playlist Creation Failed may
Touch and hold to reverse
. WAX quickly through playback. appear if a song is not found in
Release to return to playing the Gracenote Database.
. ASX
speed. Elapsed time displays. Delete Automatic Playlist: Touch
. RMP to delete a More Like This playlist.
10/21/15
Folders: Touch to open a folder list 3. Select a song from the list to Playing from an iPod®
to access the files within the folder begin playback.
This feature supports the following
structure. Genres: iPod models:
Playlists: 1. Touch to view the genres on . iPod classic® (6th generation)
1. Touch to view the playlists on the USB. . iPod nano® (3G, 4G, 5G, 6G,
the USB. 2. Select a genre to view a list of and 7G)
2. Select a playlist to view the list all songs of that genre. . iPod touch® (1G, 2G, 3G, 4G,
of all songs in that playlist. 3. Select a song from the list to 5G, and 6G)
3. Select a song from the list to begin playback.
There may be problems with the
begin playback. Songs: operation and function in the
Artists: 1. Touch to display a list of all following situations:
1. Touch to view the list of artists songs on the USB. . When connecting an iPod on
on the USB. 2. Songs are displayed as they which a more recent version of
2. Select an artist name to view a are stored on the disc. To begin the firmware is installed than is
list of all albums by the artist. playback, select a song from supported by the infotainment
the list. system.
3. To select a song, touch Songs
List or touch an album and . When connecting an iPod on
File System and Naming
then select a song from the list. which firmware from other
The songs, artists, albums, and providers is installed.
Albums: genres are taken from the file’s
To connect an iPod:
1. Touch to view the albums on song information and are only
the USB. displayed if present. The radio 1. Connect one end of the
displays the file name as the track standard iPod USB cable to the
2. Select the album to view a list name if the song information is not iPod's dock connector.
of all songs on the album. available. 2. Connect the other end to the
USB port in the center stack.
10/21/15
iPod music information displays on Play More Like This: Allows the 2. Select an artist name to view a
the radio’s display and begins radio to create playlists with songs/ list of all albums with songs by
playing through the vehicle’s audio tracks that are similar to what is the artist.
system. being listened to. The radio will 3. Select an album.
The iPod battery recharges create a playlist with up to 30 similar
songs. The playlist will appear in the 4. Select the song from the list to
automatically while the vehicle is on. begin playback.
The iPod shuts off and stops Playlist category of the menu for
charging when the vehicle is future listening. Albums:
shut off. 1. Touch to automatically create a 1. Touch to view the albums on
If the iPod is an unsupported model, playlist of songs that are similar the iPod.
it can still be listened to in the to the song currently playing.
2. Select an album name to view
vehicle by connecting to the 2. The radio will show Playlist a list of all songs on the album
auxiliary input jack using a standard Creation Succeeded and or select Songs List to view all
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. continue playing the songs on the iPod.
current song.
iPod Menu 3. Select the song from the list to
Delete Automatic Playlist: Touch begin playback.
to delete a More Like This playlist.
Genres:
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the genres on
1. Touch to view the playlists on the iPod.
the iPod.
2. Select a genre name to view a
2. Select a playlist name to view list of artists of that genre.
a list of all songs in the playlist.
3. Select an artist to view all
3. Select the song from the list to albums of that genre.
begin playback.
Use the iPod Menu to select: 4. Select Album to view songs.
Artists:
Shuffle: Touch to play the tracks 5. Select the song from the list to
randomly. Touch again to stop 1. Touch to view the artists on begin playback.
shuffle.. the iPod.
10/21/15
Songs: Playing from an iPhone Some functionality may differ based

1. Touch to view a list of all songs or iPad® on operating system version on
on the iPod. device.
This feature supports the following
2. Select the song from the list to iPhone or iPad models: USB Troubleshooting
begin playback. . iPhone® (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, 4S, 5, If the device is not being recognized
Podcasts: 6, and 6 plus) or the music is missing screen
. iPad® (1G, 2G) information, restore the radio
1. Touch to view the podcasts on defaults:
the iPod. Follow the same instructions as
stated earlier for using an iPod. To 1. Touch Config.
2. Select a podcast name to
begin playback. use voice recognition to play music, 2. Touch Radio Settings.
say “Play USB,” “Play Artist,” “Play
Composers: 3. Touch Software
Album,” “Play Song,” or “Play
Versions Menu.
1. Touch to view the composers Genre.” See Voice
on the iPod. Recognition 0 191. 4. Touch Clear and Reset Radio.
2. Select the composer to view a iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad 5. Touch Yes.
list of songs by that composer. Troubleshooting Pair the phone again and the device
3. Select a song from the list to When an iPhone, iPod touch, will have to index again.
begin playback. or iPad is connected through USB Bluetooth Audio and Voice
Audio Books: and Bluetooth, the audio may not be Recognition
heard when the iPod source on the
1. Touch to view the audio books radio is selected. If a phone call is See Bluetooth Audio 0 164 and
on the iPod. received while listening to the iPod Voice Recognition 0 191 for
source and there is no audio for the information on using voice
2. Select the audio book from the
iPod after the source, then go to the recognition with Bluetooth audio.
list to begin playback.
Airplay icon on the device and Make sure all devices have the
select dock connector or disconnect latest software downloaded.
and reconnect the dock connector
on the device.
10/21/15
Auxiliary Devices . Press SRCE to scroll all of the . Press SRC on the steering
available audio source screens, wheel controls until
If equipped, this vehicle has an until the AUX source screen is Bluetooth Audio is selected.
auxiliary input jack in the center selected. See Steering Wheel
stack. Possible auxiliary audio Controls 0 130.
sources include: . Say “Play Front AUX” using
voice recognition to play the . Use voice recognition. See
. Laptop computer auxiliary device. See Voice Voice Recognition 0 191.
. MP3 player Recognition 0 191. The music can be controlled by
. Tape player . Touch AUX on the Home Page. either the infotainment controls or
the controls on the device.
This jack is not an audio output. Do
not plug headphones into the Bluetooth Audio When a phone is connected to the
auxiliary input jack. Set up any If equipped, music may be played system through Bluetooth Audio, the
auxiliary device while the vehicle is from a paired Bluetooth device. See phone notifications and sounds may
in P (Park). “Pairing a Phone/Device” under not be heard on the phone until
Bluetooth 0 197. Bluetooth is disconnected.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Notification features may vary based
from the auxiliary device to the To play music through a Bluetooth on the phone. Check the phone
auxiliary input jack. When a device device : manufacturer’s information for
is connected, the system notification support.
1. Power on the device, pair, and
automatically begins playing audio
connect the device.
from the device over the vehicle Bluetooth Audio Menu
speakers. 2. Music can be launched by
Touch the Menu screen button and
doing one of the following:
If an auxiliary device has already the following may display:
been connected, but a different . Touch Bluetooth on the
Shuffle: Press the outer ring of the
source is currently active, do one of Home Page.
the following:
Z knob to turn shuffle on or off.
. Press SRCE until Bluetooth Not all devices support the shuffle
Audio is selected. feature.
10/21/15
When selecting Bluetooth audio, the When playing music on the radio OnStar System
Bluetooth device internal music from a Bluetooth device, make sure
player may not open depending on the Bluetooth device is unlocked OnStar® with 4G LTE
the status of the device. All devices and the intended music application
launch and play back audio is showing on the home screen.
differently. Make sure the correct For iPhone/iPod touch and iPad
audio source is playing on the devices, Bluetooth Audio will not
device for Bluetooth audio playback work if the device is connected
on the radio. When the vehicle is through the USB and Bluetooth at
not moving, use the device to begin the same time.
playback.
As new devices are introduced, see If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up
When selecting Bluetooth audio as Software Updates 0 136. to seven devices, such as
a source, the radio may source to smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
the Bluetooth Audio Paused screen can be connected to high-speed
with no audio playing. Press play on Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
the device or press J to begin Wi-Fi hotspot.
playback. This may happen
depending on how the device
communicates over Bluetooth.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any album art is
available and display it.
10/21/15
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR Navigation

(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
www.onstar.com for a detailed Using the Navigation
instruction guide, vehicle availability, System
details, and system limitations.
Services and apps vary by make,
model, year, carrier, availability, and
conditions. 4G LTE service is
available in select markets. 4G LTE The Menu screen button at the
performance is based on industry bottom right side of the display
averages and vehicle systems accesses the Navigation Menu.
design. Some services require a
data plan. The touch-sensitive buttons
available are:
Press NAVI on the faceplate or
touch Navigation on the Home Page
to access the navigation map.
Press NAVI again to change
between alternative views of the
normal split and full map views.
Destination Entry/Route Menu

Touch to enter the Destination Entry
screen where a destination can be
entered when guidance is inactive.
10/21/15
Touch to enter Route Menu to Map Modes Map Settings

modify the current route, cancel a
destination, or add a waypoint when
guidance is active.
Heading Indicator
Touch to change the view of the Touch Map Settings to display the
maps while using the navigation Map Display line item. Touch Map
function. The system offers a variety Display to select one of the
of full and split views. Some views available options:
are only selectable when route . Automatic
Touch Heading Indicator to display guidance is active.
the Map View. There are three . Day
indicator settings:
. Night
. 2D North Up: Displays North at
the top of the map screen See Configure Menu 0 183.
regardless of the direction the Select Speed Limits to toggle the
vehicle is traveling. speed limit display on or off.
. 2D Heading Up: Displays the
direction the vehicle is traveling. Another way to change the view of
The shaded triangle icon points the maps is to touch the map
North. mode icon.
. 3D Heading Up: Is the same as
2D Heading Up, but the map is
in 3D.
10/21/15
Traffic Show POIs POIs Along Route

Touch to display a search list of
POIs that lie along or near the route
to the destination. Select the
desired POI.
Exit List
Touch to display a list of the next
three highway exits if available.
Select an exit to display a list of
POIs associated with that exit that
Touch Traffic to display the Traffic Touch to customize which major
can be routed.
Menu. Touch one of the options: POI categories are displayed on
. All Traffic Events: View all the map. Switch Route Time/Destination
reported traffic events while on Nearby POIs Touch to customize the arrival/travel
or off a planned route. time and waypoint/destination
. Traffic Events on Route: View information displayed in the main
traffic events while on a planned map screen.
route. Current Position Info
. Traffic Settings: Customize traffic Touch to display a split screen
options. This feature can also be showing detailed information about
accessed by touching the traffic the vehicle position. This feature
light screen button at the left can also be accessed by touching
lower side of the map screen. the vehicle information tab on the
See Configure Menu 0 183. Touch to display a search list of lower center of the display. The
nearby POIs. Select the location can be saved to the
desired POI. Address Book by touching Save in
the split screen.
10/21/15
Destination Position Info . Touch the Map Scale + or − . Touch and hold the screen in
Touch to display a split map screen button on the lower corners of any direction outside the scroll
showing the final destination. the map screen or the different symbol to scroll the map in that
zoom indications to change the direction.
Map Adjustments zoom level. . Scroll speed increases when
The system lets you adjust the scale The map scale bar times out if touching closer to the edge of
of view on the map. Also, as you the zoom level is not changed the screen.
drive, the map scrolls automatically within a few seconds. . Press NAVI or BACK on the
based on the direction of travel. The scale can be configured for faceplate to exit map scrolling
Map Scales English or metric units. To change and return to the current vehicle
from English to metric, see Driver location on the map.
Information Center (DIC) 0 110.
Scroll Features
Touch the cycling arrows at the top

of the map screen to toggle from the
There are two ways to change the normal top bar (Back, Home, and
. To scroll within the map, touch Fav) to the audio information bar.
map scale:
anywhere on the map screen
. Turn the Z knob clockwise and the scroll symbol displays.
or counterclockwise to zoom out . Tap the map to center at that
or in. location on the screen.
10/21/15
Maps gas stations, tourist attractions, and

historical monuments. The map
database may not include data for
newly constructed areas, map
database corrections, or long term
construction projects. The
navigation system provides full The destination symbol marks the
route guidance in the detailed map final destination after a route has
areas. been planned.
Navigation Symbols
This section includes basic Following are the most common
information about the map symbols that appear on a map
database. screen.
The maps are stored in an internal
flash memory that is used in the
navigation system. The waypoint symbol marks one or
more set waypoints.
Detailed Areas
A waypoint is a stopover destination
Road network attributes are point added to the planned route.
contained in the map database for
detailed areas. Attributes include The vehicle symbol indicates the The estimated time and distance to
information such as street names, current position and heading the destination are displayed.
street addresses, and turn direction of the vehicle on the map.
restrictions. A detailed area includes
all major highways, service roads,
and residential roads. The detailed
areas include points of interest
(POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
banks, hospitals, police stations,
10/21/15
Select this screen symbol to change The No GPS symbol appears when
the view to Heading up or 3D. there is no Global Positioning
System (GPS) satellite signal.
This symbol indicates that the map

view is Heading up. This symbol at the bottom of a map
Heading up view displays the screen changes the current map
If waypoints have been added to the direction the vehicle is traveling at mode screen.
current route, each waypoint the top of the map screen. The
destination displays estimated time shaded triangle indicates North.
and distance.
Touch this screen symbol to change
to 3D mode.
The 3D symbol is the same as the
Heading up symbol, but the map is
in 3D. This symbol on the right of the map
screen displays the speed limit
while on a route. The speed limit
This symbol indicates that the map may not be accurate due to
view is North up. North up displays changes from the Department of
North at the top of the map screen Transportation, the local
regardless of the direction the municipalities, or older map data.
vehicle is traveling. Always follow the posted speed limit
on the road.
10/21/15
Driving on a Route Home may be grayed out if no

destination was previously entered
Urgent Maneuver Alert or saved.
The system will give an indication
that the next maneuver is close. Alpha-Numeric Keyboard
Letters of the alphabet, symbols,
punctuation, and numbers, when
available, display on the navigation
screen as alpha/numeric keyboards.
Driving on a Residential Road The alpha keyboard displays when
data needs to be entered.
Destination ABC or QWERTY : Touch to toggle
between ABC or QWERTY
keyboard character layouts.
Driving on a Highway
ÄÖ : Touch to access an alternate
language keyboard.
Sym : Use to select symbols.
Space : Use to enter a space
between characters or the words of
a name.
If route guidance is not active, touch Delete : Touch to delete an
Destination on the Home Page to incorrect character that has been
access the Destination Entry selected.
screen. Several options can be Last 5 : Touch to select any of the
selected to plan a route by entering last five cities or street names
destinations. Some destination entered if available.
entry items such as Previous
Destinations, Address Book, and My
10/21/15
Address Entry of available streets. Touch the

Done screen button to view the
list and select the street.
3. Enter the house number.
4. Touch the Done screen button
at any time and the system
tries to resolve a destination
Touch the Address screen button to based on the entered
display the Address Entry screen. information, then displays it on
Set a route by entering the state City : Enter a city name. the screen.
name, city name, street name, State : Enter a state name.
house number, and intersection.
Street : Enter a street name.
If no state or province has been
entered previously, the city and House # : Enter a valid address
state fields are not available. Touch number.
the screen button at the right of the Junction : Enter a street name that
city name to select a state or intersects with the selected street.
province.
To enter the city name first:
If the state or province was
1. Enter the city name.
previously set and is displayed, 5. Touch the Start Guidance
touch the screen button at the right 2. Enter the street name. Use the screen button and the route
of the city name to change the Delete screen button to delete calculates.
selected state or province. an incorrectly entered
character.
To make name selection easier, the
system highlights only characters A list displays if six or fewer
that are available after the names are available. If there
previously entered one. are more than six, there is a
match counter with a number
10/21/15
To Enter a Destination in Canada 1. Touch Destination on the Point of Interest (POI)

To change the destination address Home Page.
from the United States to Canada, 2. Touch the Address screen
the country will need to change in button to display the Address
the navigation system. To change Entry screen.
the country address: 3. Go to the State/Province line
1. Touch Destination on the option and select. The State/
Home Page. Province entry screen displays. Touch POI on the Destination Entry
2. Touch the Address screen Select the Country line option. page. Several options can be
button to display the Enter The available Country List selected to plan a route.
Address screen. displays.
3. Go to the State/Province line 4. Select the desired country. For

option and select. The State/ example, select Canada as a
Province entry screen displays. default country.
Select the Country line option. 5. Enter State/Province. For
The Country List displays. example, enter Ontario and
4. Select Canada. confirm the selection.
5. Enter Province and confirm the The destination in other countries

selection. can also be changed using voice
recognition. See Voice The POI List allows selection of a
Entering a Destination in Other Recognition 0 191. destination search by Category,
Countries Name, or Telephone Number.
To change the destination address Entering by POI name:
from the United States to another
country, the country will need to 1. Select to search By Name.
change in the navigation system.
To change the country address:
10/21/15
Address Book
If no destination is saved to the

2. Make sure the correct country, 7. Touch Start Guidance and the address book, save a destination:
state/province, and city are route calculates. 1. Touch Destination on the
present, then select Search. Home Page.
Add the city location to narrow Previous Destinations
down the results of the search. 2. Enter an address using any of
the destination methods
3. Enter the POI name. (Address Entry, POI
4. Select a few of the characters Entry, etc.).
or spell the name in full, by 3. On the Destination
using the alpha keyboard. Confirmation screen,
5. Select the Done screen button, select Save.
Select a destination from the
or if the list has six or fewer Previous Destination List. Up to 4. The system displays the
items, a list of POIs will 15 points that have been previously options Name, Number, Icon,
immediately display. entered can be recalled. If the list is and Done. Touch Done to save
6. Touch the desired POI. full, the oldest destinations are the destination.
automatically deleted once the 5. To customize the address book
newest destinations are added. entry, select Name, Number,
or Icon.
10/21/15
If a destination is already saved to 4. To customize the address book 1. Touch Destination on the Home
the address book, touch Destination entry, select Name, Number, Page. Touch the Latitude and
on the Home Page to display the or Icon. Longitude screen button to
Address Book screen button. display the screen above.
Latitude/Longitude Coordinates
Choose a destination by selecting 2. Select Latitude or Longitude to
an address that has been stored in change. Enter the coordinates
the address book. in degrees, minutes, and
1. Touch Address Book. A list seconds.
displays the address book 3. Touch Search if the information
entries. is correct.
2. Select the destination from Choose a destination based on 4. Touch the Start Guidance
the list. latitudinal and longitudinal screen button. The route
3. Touch Start Guidance and the coordinates. calculates.
route calculates. Favorite Routes
To edit Address Book entries:
1. Select an item from the
address book.
2. On the Destination
Confirmation screen,
select Edit.
Adding a Favorite Route:
3. The system displays the
options Name, Number, Icon, 1. Touch the Home Page
To enter the location as coordinates,
and Delete. Touch Delete to Destination button to display
latitude and longitude:
delete the destination from the the Favorite Routes screen
address book. button.
2. Touch Favorite Routes to
display New Favorite Route.
10/21/15
3. Select New Favorite Route and button. Touch this button to My Home
enter a favorite route name. display the list of available
4. Touch OK and the display favorite routes.
returns to the favorite 2. Scroll and select the route to
routes list. be deleted.
5. Select the favorite route and 3. Touch Edit.
add a waypoint using any of 4. Touch Delete Favorite Route.
the destination methods, such If no home destination is entered,
as address entry, POI Changing the route name: save a destination by touching the
entry, etc. 1. Touch the Home Page Home Page Destination button.
Selecting a Favorite Route: Destination button to display Enter a destination using any of the
the Favorite Routes screen destination entry methods (Address
1. Touch the Home Page button. Touch this button to Entry, POI Entry, etc.). Select Save
Destination button to display display the list of available as Home from the Destination
the Favorite Routes screen favorite routes. Confirmation screen.
button.
2. Touch the Edit screen button. If a destination is already saved as
2. Touch Favorite Routes to home, touch the Home Page
display a list of available 3. Select Edit Name.
Destination button to display the My
favorite routes. 4. Using the keypad, enter Home screen button. Touch this
3. Scroll and select a favorite the name. button to start route guidance.
route. 5. Touch the Done screen button. Select from Map
4. Touch the Start Guidance The new name will be in the
screen button. The route Favorite Routes Menu.
calculates.
Deleting a Favorite Route:
1. Touch the Home Page
Destination button to display
the Favorite Routes screen
10/21/15
1. Touch the Home Page Touch Travel Guide on the 1. Select Category from the POI
Destination button to display Destination Entry page. Several List menu to access the POI
the Select from Map screen options can be selected to plan a Selection screen display.
button. Touch this button to route. 2. Enter the necessary
display the map screen with a information by first selecting
scroll symbol centered on the location line item to access
the map. the Location menu.
2. Touch the Zoom in/out button
on the screen and touch the
map to locate the destination to
select. Touch and hold a finger
on the map to activate fast
scrolling.
3. Touch the Go button on the The Travel Guide POI entry list
bottom of the screen to display allows selection of a destination
the Destination Confirmation search by category or name.
screen.
Entering by POI Category 3. Select any of the line options
4. Touch the Start Guidance such as Nearby.
screen button. The route
calculates. 4. Select Category from the POI
Selection menu to access the
Travel Guide POI List.
10/21/15
5. Select any of the line options 1. Select to search By Name. The Travel Guide POI will have
such as All POIs. 2. Make sure the correct country, some detailed information about the
6. Select Sort Method from the state/province, and city are selection made. This information
POI Selection menu to access present, then select Search. may include:
the Search Order menu. Select . Brief Description
3. Enter the POI name.
one of the two options: By . Address
Distance or By Name. 4. Select a few of the characters
or spell the name in full, by . Number
7. Select Search. using the alpha keyboard. . Hours of Operation
8. Select the desired POI. 5. Touch the Done screen button, . Price
Entering by POI name: or if the list has six or fewer
items, a list of POIs will . Website
immediately display. Photos may not be available for
6. Touch the desired POI. certain locations or countries.
10/21/15
Destination Confirmation Save as Home : Touch to save the Fastest : This calculates the
displayed destination as your home quickest route.
destination. The home destination Shortest : This calculates the
will be stored at the top of the list of shortest route.
destinations in the address book.
Eco : This calculates the most fuel
Route Options : Touch to change efficient route based on speed and
route options. See “Route Options” distance.
following.
Under the Route Options menu,
Route Options there are route preferences that by
default are all enabled.
Multiple options are available on the A checkmark placed next to each
Destination Confirmation screen: preference indicates this. All of
Start Guidance : Touch to start a these preferences are used when
route calculation to the displayed calculating the route. If any of these
destination. preferences are unselected, the
route will be calculated without
Show on Map : Touch to switch to
including these preferences.
the map view with the displayed
destination centered on the map. Use Highways : Deselect to avoid
major roads.
Save/Edit : Touch to save the Touch to display various route
displayed destination into the options. Use Toll Roads : Deselect to avoid
address book. If the displayed toll roads.
Alternative Routes : If enabled, the
destination is already stored in the Use Ferries : Deselect to avoid
system will provide an additional
address book, Edit will show as the ferries.
screen after Start Guidance has
menu item.
been selected. Select Fastest, Use Tunnels : Deselect to avoid
Call : Touch to initiate a phone call Shortest, or Eco calculated routes tunnels.
to the displayed phone number, before selecting GO.
if phone capability is available. Use Time Restricted : Deselect to
avoid time restricted roads.
10/21/15
Use Car Train : Deselect to avoid Destination List avoid a segment of roads.
car trains. A maximum of eight avoided
segments are allowed.
Menu with Route Guidance
Active Avoid List
Select Avoid List to display a list of
avoided road segments with the
option to remove the avoided items
from the list.
Voice Prompt
Select Destination List to view Select Voice Prompt to view options
options for organizing waypoints. to disable or manage navigation
voice prompts and traffic alert
Turn List
prompts.
Several functions can be performed
after a destination has been Detour
entered. Touch the Home Page Touch Detour to display the route
Destination Entry screen button to detour options. Select to detour the
access the Route Menu screen. whole route or by a specific
distance.
Cancel Guidance
Touch Cancel Guidance to cancel Route Options
the current route. This feature can be accessed from
the Destination Confirmation Menu
Select Turn List to view a list of
and Destination Menu with Route
maneuvers for the entire route.
Guidance Active. See “Destination
Touch the Avoid screen button next
Confirmation” previously in this
to one of the turn maneuvers to
section.
10/21/15
Waypoints 1. From the Destination menu, Instead of deleting individual

Up to three waypoints can be added touch Destination List. waypoints, select Delete All
to the current route. The waypoints 2. Touch Delete Waypoint. Waypoints to delete all waypoints at
can be sorted (moved) or deleted. the same time.
To save a destination list as a
favorite route, select Save as
Favorite Route.
OnStar® Destination
Download
The destination download lets an
OnStar® Subscriber ask an OnStar
3. Select the waypoints to be Advisor to download a destination to
To add a waypoint: deleted. Touch the Delete the navigation system. OnStar will
screen button. send address information and
1. From the Destination List location coordinates of the
menu, touch Add Waypoint. The Sort Waypoint feature allows destination into the navigation
2. Enter the waypoint by any of reorganization of the destination list. system.
the add destination methods. To sort a waypoint:
The system calculates and Using Destination Download
1. From the Destination menu,
highlights the route and the touch Destination List. The navigation radio screen must
route can be started. be turned on before a download.
2. Touch Sort Waypoints.
3. To add more waypoints, touch The navigation system displays
Add Waypoint to add the 3. Select the waypoint to move. “Please wait” as the address is
waypoint in the order desired 4. Select the location to move the searched within the map database.
on the route. waypoint to.
To delete a waypoint:
10/21/15
If the address is not found within the Save : Touch to save the Previous Destinations
map database, the system may use downloaded destination to the Previously downloaded OnStar
latitude and longitude coordinates to address book. destinations are saved under
locate the destination. Call : Touch to initiate a call with Previous Destinations in the
If the system is unable to locate the Bluetooth Phone or OnStar navigation system, where they can
address, the Downloading OnStar Hands-Free Calling (if available). be accessed or saved to the
destination failed screen displays. Save as Home : Touch to set an Address Book.
Route Guidance Not Active address as a home destination.
Configure Menu
If an OnStar destination is Route Guidance Active
downloaded while route guidance is The Configuration Menu is used to
If an OnStar destination is adjust features and preferences,
not activated, the navigation system downloaded while route guidance is
displays a pop-up screen with the such as Sound, Radio, Nav
already active, the system displays (Navigation), Display, or Time
following screen functions: a pop-up screen with the following Settings.
screen function:
. Touch Start Guidance; the
navigation system adds the
downloaded destination before
the next waypoint of the existing
route (closest to the current
vehicle position).
. All other buttons on the pop-up 1. Touch Config on the Home
screen operate as described Page or press CONFIG on the
under “Route Guidance Not faceplate.
Start Guidance : Touch to start Active.”
route calculation to the
destination(s) received.
Show on Map : Touch to display
the Map Screen.
10/21/15
Time and Date Settings Radio Settings

Touch Config on the Home Page or
press CONFIG on the faceplate to
enter the menu options. Turn the
Z knob or touch-tap the scroll
bar to scroll through the available
options. Press the Z knob or
touch Radio Settings to display the
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until radio settings menu. Touch this
the desired option displays. feature to make changes for radio
Select the desired settings to information displayed, preset pages,
From the Time and Date Setting
change. See Vehicle Auto Volume, and XM Categories
menu, touch to display the Time and
Personalization 0 113 on Restore. See Satellite Radio 0 139,
Date menu.
adjusting most vehicle settings. for information about XM
See “Navigation Settings” and Automatic Clock Update : When Categories.
enabled, this feature will set the
“Navigation Settings Button” The Radio Settings are:
clock automatically.
later in this section.
Auto Volume : Select Off, Low,
Set Time : Touch + or − to increase
Languages Medium, or High sensitivity to
or decrease the Hours and Minutes
automatically adjust the volume to
Touch Config on the Home Page or displayed on the clock.
minimize the effects of unwanted
press CONFIG on the faceplate to Set Date : Touch + or − to increase background noise that can result
enter the menu options. Turn the or decrease the day. from changing road surfaces, driving
Z knob or touch-tap the scroll speeds, or open windows. This
bar to scroll through the available 12 hr / 24 hr Format : Touch the 12
Hour screen button for standard feature works best at lower volume
options. Press the Z knob or settings where background noise is
time; touch the 24 Hour screen
press Languages to display the button for military time. typically louder than the sound
languages. Select the desired system volume.
language. Touch the Back screen button to
save the adjustments.
10/21/15
Gracenote Options : Touch to Navigation Settings

enable/disable Normalization used
Touch Config on the Home Page to
to improve voice recognition and
enter the setup menu. Turn the
media groupings. See CD Player
0 155, USB 0 158, Auxiliary Devices
Z knob or touch-tap the scroll
bar until the Navigation Settings
0 164, and Bluetooth Audio 0 164.
option displays. Select this feature
XM Channel Art : Touch to enable/ to make changes to Voice Prompt,
disable the XM Audio page Traffic Settings, Guidance Alert,
background on the XM Channel Delete Saved Destinations, Bread
display. Crumbs, and Route Simulation. Touch Navigation Settings to access
the navigation system settings.
Max Startup Volume : Touch to set Navigation Settings Button
the maximum volume level for Voice Prompt
startup that will be used even if a
higher volume had been set when
the radio was turned off.
Number of Favorite Pages : Touch
to select the number of favorite
pages to be displayed.
XM Categories : Touch to
customize which available XM
Categories are used and displayed.
Various navigation system settings The Voice Prompt menu allows
Software Version Information : are available through the changes to the voice prompt
Touch to display information about Configuration Settings menu. Some features.
the system and update software if options are only available after a
available. route is planned. Navigation Voice Prompts : Select
the On or Off button to turn the
Phone Settings voice instructions on or off while
See Bluetooth 0 197. traveling on a planned route.
10/21/15
Traffic Alert Prompts : Select the Route Based on Traffic

On or Off button to turn the traffic Conditions : Touch to display a
voice prompt on or off while submenu of options.
traveling on a planned route. . Route Based on Traffic
Navigation Volume : Select to Conditions: Touch to enable or
change the volume of the navigation disable the route feature.
prompts. . Automatic Recalculation: Touch
Mute Voice Prompts while in to enable automatic route
Calls : Select to mute voice recalculation. . Show All: Touch to enable
prompts while in a call. . Recalculation after Confirmation: display of all traffic icons on
Touch to enable route the map.
Traffic Settings
recalculation after confirmation. . Hide All: Touch to disable
Sort Method : Touch to display a display of all traffic icons on
submenu of sort options. the map.
. Sort by Distance: Touch to . User Defined: Touch to define
display traffic events in order of the individual types of icons that
distance with the closest event are displayed for traffic flow and
shown first. traffic conditions.
. Sort byRoad Name: Touch to Traffic Flow Status
display traffic events in The traffic flow status will display in
Touch to display the Traffic alphabetical order. green, yellow, or red lines beside
Settings menu. the road.
Show Traffic Events on Map :
Traffic Events (On/Off) : Touch to Touch to display traffic icons on . Red indicates significantly
enable or disable the traffic feature. the map. impaired traffic flow with average
Traffic Alert Prompts (On/Off) : speed less than 40 km/h
Touch to enable or disable the traffic (25 mph).
voice prompts.
10/21/15

. Yellow indicates slightly impaired
traffic flow with average speed
between 40 and 73 km/h (25 and
45 mph).
. Green indicates normal traffic
flow with average speed above
73 km/h (45 mph). Accident Road Closed Road Visibility Other
Closed Roads, Traffic Delays, Guidance Alert

Roadworks, Incidents, and
Advisories
Select the traffic event group for
display on the map screen. Some
events may cover more than one
traffic condition. See the following
traffic conditions. Lane Narrows Road Work,
Construction
Traffic Conditions
The following traffic condition icons
Touch to enable the guidance alert
may display:
pop-up to be viewed on the map or
on the main screens such as audio,
weather, phone, etc. A checkmark
appears to indicate the guidance
alert mode is on.
Alert Road Condition
Stopped Traffic Traffic Jam
10/21/15
Delete Saved Destinations Previously stored bread crumbs can To stop the simulation, press DEST
be loaded from the Saved menu and select Cancel Guidance.
item, and then displayed by To exit from Simulation mode, return
selecting Show on Map. to the Navigation Settings menu,
Route Simulation select Route Simulation, then select
Cancel Route Simulation.
Select to display a route simulation.
Use Last Known Position : Select Vehicle Settings
to start the simulation from the last See Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
known position.
Display Settings
Touch to delete all saved Use Previous Destination : Select
destinations. A Delete Saved to start the simulation from a Touch Config on the Home Page or
Destinations submenu displays. previous destination. press CONFIG on the faceplate,
Select the desired options for then select Display Settings from
Use Specified Location : Select to the list.
deletion and touch Delete at the start the simulation from a specified
bottom to continue. A confirmation location. The following options may display:
screen displays requesting to delete
or cancel. Once the starting position for the Home Page Menu : Touch to
simulation is selected, select customize the first page of the
Bread Crumbs Navigation and the Map display will Home Page.
Bread crumbs, when displayed, be in Simulation mode. SIM is Rear Camera Options : Touch to
show a previously followed route. displayed on the map. enable or disable Symbols and
Select Display to enable bread Select and enter the destination as Guide Lines..
crumbs on the map display. for a normal journey and select Start Display Off : Touch to turn off the
Guidance to calculate the route in display. The display will return when
It is possible to record and store Simulation mode.
bread crumbs to retrieve journeys any radio buttons are pressed or the
for future reference. Touch Next to skip to the next turn, screen is touched (if equipped).
or touch Stop to pause the
simulation.
10/21/15
Map Settings : Touch to enter the Global Positioning . Satellites are being repaired or
submenu to change Map Display improved.
settings and enable Speed Limit
System (GPS)
For more information if the GPS is
display on map. The position of the vehicle is not functioning properly, see
Map Display : Touch to change the determined by using satellite Problems with Route Guidance
screen background. signals, various vehicle signals, and 0 190 and If the System Needs
map data. Service 0 190.
. The Automatic setting adjusts
the screen background At times, other interference such as
automatically depending on the the satellite condition, road Vehicle Positioning
exterior lighting conditions. configuration, condition of the
vehicle, and/or other circumstances At times, the position of the vehicle
. The Day setting brightens the can affect the navigation system's on the map could be inaccurate due
map background. ability to determine the accurate to one or more of the following
position of the vehicle. reasons:
. The Night setting darkens the
map background. . The road system has changed.
The GPS shows the current position
To change the overall brightness of the vehicle using signals sent by . The vehicle is driving on slippery
setting for the display, use the GPS Satellites. When the vehicle is road surfaces such as sand,
vehicle interior lighting instrument not receiving signals from the gravel, or snow.
panel illumination control. satellites, a symbol appears on the . The vehicle is traveling on
map screen. See Navigation winding roads or long straight
Speed Limits : Touch to enable or Symbols 0 170.
disable displayed speed limits on roads.
the map. This system might not be available . The vehicle is approaching a tall
or interference can occur if any of building or a large vehicle.
the following are true:
. The surface streets run parallel
. Signals are obstructed by tall
to a freeway.
buildings, trees, large trucks,
or a tunnel. . The vehicle has been transferred
by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
10/21/15

. The current position calibration Problems with Route . The route prohibits the entry of a
is set incorrectly. vehicle due to a regulation by
Guidance time or season or any other
. The vehicle is traveling at high
speed. Inappropriate route guidance can regulation which may be given.
occur under one or more of the . Some routes might not be
. The vehicle changes directions following conditions:
more than once, or the vehicle is searched.
. The turn was not made on the .
turning on a turn table in a The route to the destination
parking lot. road indicated. might not be shown if there are
. . Route guidance might not be new roads, if roads have
The vehicle is entering and/or
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a available when using automatic recently changed, or if certain
lot with a roof. rerouting for the next right or roads are not listed in the map
left turn. data. See Maps 0 170.
. The GPS signal is not received.
. The route might not be changed To recalibrate the vehicle's position
. A roof carrier is installed on the when using automatic rerouting. on the map, park with the vehicle
vehicle. running for two to five minutes, until
. There is no route guidance when
. Tire chains have been installed. the vehicle position updates. Make
turning at an intersection.
sure the vehicle is parked in a
. The tires are replaced or worn. . Plural names of places might be location that is safe and has a clear
. The tire pressure for the tires is announced occasionally. view of the sky and away from large
incorrect. . It could take a long time to obstructions.
. This is the first navigation use operate automatic rerouting
after the map data is updated. during high-speed driving. If the System Needs
. The 12-volt battery was . Automatic rerouting might Service
disconnected for several days. display a route returning to the If the navigation system needs
set waypoint if heading for a service and the steps listed here
. The vehicle is driving in heavy destination without passing
traffic where driving is at low have been followed but there are
through a set waypoint. still problems, see Problems with
speeds, and the vehicle is
stopped and started repeatedly. Route Guidance 0 190.
10/21/15
Map Data Updates Database Coverage Voice Recognition

The map data in the vehicle is the Explanations Voice recognition allows for
most up-to-date information Coverage areas vary with respect to hands-free operation of the
available when the vehicle was the level of map detail available for infotainment system features.
produced. The map data is updated any given area. Some areas feature
periodically, provided that the map Voice recognition can be used when
greater levels of detail than others. the radio is on or when Retained
information has changed. If this happens, it does not mean Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
For questions about the operation of there is a problem with the system. See Retained Accessory Power
the navigation system or the update As the map data is updated, more (RAP) 0 230. The system maintains
process, contact the GM Nav Disc detail can become available for a minimum volume level.
Center toll-free phone number, areas that previously had limited
1-877-NAV-DISC (1-877-628-3472) detail. See Map Data Using Voice Recognition
or go to the center’s website, Updates 0 191.
1. Press b / g on the steering
www.gmnavdisc.com. If updates are
needed, call the GM Nav Disc wheel. The audio system
Center or order a new Map Update mutes. A voice prompt states,
online. To order map data, have the “Please say a command.” Wait
vehicle’s Vehicle Identification until the tone is heard before
Number (VIN) available. See speaking.
Vehicle Identification Number If there is no tone, make sure
(VIN) 0 343. that the volume is turned up.
After receiving the updated map While voice recognition is
data, see Maps 0 170. active, the system displays a g
symbol in the top right of the
screen.
2. Clearly speak one of the
commands listed later in this
section.
10/21/15
Press b / g twice on the steering . When the system does not adjusted during a voice
wheel to skip the voice prompt recognize the command, the recognition session, a Volume
messages. system says “Pardon.” bar appears on the screen
. If experiencing difficulty with the showing the voice volume level
Canceling Voice Recognition system recognizing a command, as it is being adjusted. This also
changes the volume of the
1. Press and release $ / i on confirm that the command is
guidance prompts.
the steering wheel control to correct. Try saying the command
cancel a command, if the clearly or wait for a brief moment . When using navigation
system response does not after the tone. commands, take the time to
match the voice command, . Background noise such as a become familiar with the
or say “Goodbye” or “Cancel.” climate control fan positioned on address. Long delays when
high, open windows, and very giving the address can result in
2. The system replies, “Goodbye.” the system not recognizing the
loud outside noises, even if the
Helpful Hints for Speaking windows are closed, can cause address or routing to a different
Commands voice commands to be location than intended.
misunderstood. . When providing the house
. When multiple commands are
. The system is able to recognize number portion of the address,
available, choose the command
commands in different the system recognizes both digit
that works best for you.
languages, such as English, format and numerical text. An
. Words in parentheses are example would be to say,
Canadian French, and Spanish.
optional. For example, for the “3-0-0-0-1” or “Thirty
The system only recognizes
command “Tune FM Thousand One.”
commands based on the
(frequency),” saying “Tune FM .
language selected. If the system provides the
87.7” or “Tune FM” are both
. To increase or decrease the destination in another country on
valid commands.
voice volume during a voice several attempts, say the
. When the command is “Change Country” command and
recognition session, turn the
recognized, the system will say the country of interest. The
volume knob of the radio,
either perform the function or country default is the United
or press the volume steering
ask to confirm the choice. States. To enter a destination in
wheel control. If the volume is
10/21/15
Canada or Mexico, the country Voice Recognition Commands Phone Commands

will first have to be changed in
The following list shows the voice Dial or Call (phone number or
the system.
commands available for the contact) : Instructs the system to
Voice Recognition Help infotainment system with a brief start a phone call. For example, say
description of each. The commands “Dial 1 248 123 4567.” To call a
To enter the help playback session, are listed with the optional words in phone book contact, say “Dial” or
clearly speak one of the help parentheses. To use the voice “Call,” say the name and location,
commands. commands, see the previous and then say “Dial.” For example,
Help : The system plays back more instructions. say “Call John at Home” or “Call
specific help commands such as John at Work.” If a number is not
Radio Settings to choose from. Radio Commands recognized, the first number in the
Radio : Use this command to learn Tune AM, Tune FM, Tune XM, list will be called.
about how to select a band (AM, Tune Pandora, Tune Stitcher : Pair or Connect : Instructs the
FM, or SiriusXM), and how to Instructs the system to go to the system to begin pairing a device.
change radio stations by speaking specific band and the last station.
Digit Dial : Instructs the system to
frequency numbers. Tune AM (frequency), Tune FM dial a phone number one digit at a
Phone : Use this command to learn (frequency), Tune XM (station time. After saying the digits,
about how to dial, pair a device, number or name) : Instructs the say “Dial.”
or delete a device. system to go to the specific station.
Redial or Redial Last Number :
My Media : Use this command to Thumbs Up : Instructs the system Instructs the system to dial the last
learn how to play specific tracks, to give the current song or station a phone number called.
artists, albums, devices connected thumbs up in Pandora or Stitcher.
Select Device or Change Phone :
to the USB port, or to change Thumbs Down : Instructs the Instructs the system to switch to a
sources. system to give the current song or different paired device. The device
Settings : Use this command to station a thumbs down in Pandora must be selected from the screen or
learn about how to turn Verbose on or Stitcher.
using the Z knob.
or off, or set the language.
Delete Device : Instructs the
system to delete a paired device.
10/21/15
Read Text Messages or Read SMS Play Genre (genre name) : Search Podcast (podcast name) :
Messages : Instructs the system to Instructs the system to play songs Instructs the system to show a list of
begin reading text messages from a of a particular genre. all tracks in a specific podcast.
paired device. Search Artist (artist name) : More Like This : Instructs the
Not all devices support text Instructs the system to show a list of system to create a playlist of tracks
messages. Applicable where all songs by a specific artist. similar to the current track playing.
equipped. Search Composer (composer Settings Commands
My Media Commands name) : Instructs the system to
show a list of all songs by a specific Verbose (set) on (mode), Verbose
CD, AUX, USB, or Bluetooth composer. (set) off (mode) : Instructs the
Audio : Instructs the system to system to turn voice prompts on or
change the source. Search Album (album name) : off. When off, this feature turns off
Instructs the system to show a list of voice prompts.
Play CD : Instructs the system to all songs on a specific album.
play a CD. Language (language) : Instructs
Search Genre (genre name) : the system to set the language.
The following commands only apply Instructs the system to show a list of
to USB, iPod, and iPhone sources. all songs for a specific genre. List Devices : Instructs the system
They are supported after the device to give a list of devices to use.
has been indexed. Search Folder (folder name) :
Instructs the system to show a list of Other Commands
Play Artist (artist name) : Instructs all songs in a specific folder.
the system to play songs by a Goodbye : Instructs the system to
specific artist. Search Playlist (playlist name) : end a phone call or voice
Instructs the system to show a list of recognition.
Play Album (album title) : Instructs all songs in a specific playlist.
the system to play a specific album. Cancel : Instructs the system to
Search Audio Book (audio book cancel an action.
Play Song (song title) : Instructs name) : Instructs the system to
the system to play a specific song. Go Back, Back, Previous :
show a list of all tracks in a specific Instructs the system to go back to a
audio book. prior menu.
10/21/15
Main Menu : Instructs the system to If there is no tone, make sure Directed Address : Allows an
go to the main menu. the volume is turned up. address to be stated one step at a
Yes, Yep, Yup, Ya, Sure, Right, While voice recognition is time. The format will be State, City,
Correct, OK, Positive, You Got it, active, the system displays a Street, then House Number.
Probably, You Bet : These can be symbol in the top right of the Intersection : Allows an
used to say “Yes.” screen. Intersection to be stated as the
No, Nope, Na, No way, Wrong, 2. Clearly speak the command destination. The format will be
Incorrect, Negative, Not really, No “Navigation.” State, City, Street, then Intersection.
I said, No I Did Not, No I Do Not : 3. Clearly speak one of the Contact : When a phone is paired
These can be used to say “No.” commands in this section. to the system, which contains
Next Page, Page Down : Instructs Address Information stored for
The following commands only apply contacts, the address associated
the system to scroll forward one once the Navigation command is
page in a list. with that contact can become a
given. route. If the system cannot resolve
Previous Page, Page Up : Instructs Change Country : Changes the the address, an error displays.
the system to scroll back one page country origin to input a destination
in a list. Home : Instructs the system to start
from that region. The system will guidance to the address saved as
Navigation Commands (If accept United States, Canada, My Home.
Equipped) or Mexico.
Points of Interest or POI : Allows a
To activate the navigation voice Address or Destination : Allows Point of Interest to be stated as a
recognition: an address to be stated as a destination.
one-shot method. The system will
1. Press b / g on the steering recognize the address if stated all at Say the name or list item number of
once or say a city center. An the category and subcategory to
wheel. The audio system
example is to say, “200 return a list of POIs. Say the item
mutes. A voice prompt says,
Renaissance Street, Detroit, number to select a POI from the list.
“Please say a command.” Wait
until the tone is heard before Michigan” or “Detroit, Michigan.”
speaking.
10/21/15
POI commands for Nearby, Along Entering a Destination in Other OnStar : These commands can be
Route, and Around Destination will Countries used after the OnStar button is
be available if route guidance is For the voice recognition to respond pressed.
active. to a local address, the Help Commands
Add Waypoint : Allows addition of corresponding country needs to be
. Help
individual waypoints or the set in the navigation system.
destination. The system will ask for . Hands-Free Calling (if available)
The country can also be set using
the choice of entry method to voice commands. However, the . Turn-by-Turn Directions
continue. An example is to say, “POI country will change back to the
Along Route” or “Intersection.” . OnStar Info
default country when the vehicle is
Delete Waypoint : When guidance keyed off. After each list of help commands,
is active, this command allows the the following are available:
deletion of individual waypoints or 1. Press b / g on the steering . Go Back
the destination. If guidance is not wheel.
active, the system will indicate the . Repeat
2. Say “Navigation.”
destination list is empty. . Cancel
3. Say “Change Country.”
Where Am I?, My Location, . Help
or Current Position : Instructs the 4. Say the country name. For
example, say “Canada.” . Goodbye
system to give the current position
of the vehicle. OnStar Command (If Hands-Free Calling (if available)
Help : The system plays back more Equipped) . Call
specific help commands associated To activate OnStar voice . Store
with Navigation or a Navigation
sub-feature. recognition, press = on the mirror . Commands
or press b / g on the steering
Cancel Guidance or Cancel ‐ Call
wheel and say “OnStar” after the
Route : Instructs the system to ‐ Store
beep. This will active the OnStar
cancel guidance.
voice control. See OnStar ‐ My Number
Overview 0 360.
10/21/15
‐ Minutes . Commands Bluetooth Phone/

‐ Store Last Number ‐ Messages
Devices
‐ Digit Dial ‐ Virtual Advisor
‐ Redial ‐ My Number Bluetooth
‐ Dial ‐ Minutes Overview
‐ Number Recall ‐ Number Recall For vehicles equipped with
‐ Directory ‐ Advisor Playback Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones and
‐ Digit Store . Virtual Advisor devices, allowing:
Turn-by-Turn Directions (if Virtual Advisor (if available) . Placing and receiving hands-free
available) Choose this option to connect to a calls.
. Directory live Advisor. . Sharing of the cell phone’s
. Plan Route Voice Pass-Thru address book or contact list with
the vehicle. The phone book will
. Commands Voice pass-thru allows access to the only display when that phone is
‐ Directory voice recognition commands on the connected.
cell phone, namely Siri® or Voice
‐ Store Destination . Placing outgoing calls by voice
Command. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if recognition.
‐ Plan Route
the cell phone supports this feature. The system can be used while in
‐ Delete Destination
To activate the phone voice ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
‐ Mute Directions or Retained Accessory Power
recognition system, press and hold
OnStar Info (if available) b / g on the steering wheel for (RAP). The range of the Bluetooth
approximately two seconds. system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
. Messages The radio can connect to most
. Minutes
. My Number
10/21/15
Bluetooth-enabled phones. PHONE : Press to enter the Phone adjusted volume level remains in
Available features and functions main menu. Press and hold to mute memory for later calls. The system
may be dependent on the device. or unmute. maintains a minimum volume level.
On a current phone call screen, an Voice Recognition See Voice Recognition 0 191.
image of the contact from your
phone's contact list can be The voice recognition system uses Bluetooth Audio
displayed. Not all phones are commands to control the system See Bluetooth Audio 0 164.
compatible with this feature. and dial phone numbers.
When using voice recognition:
Pairing with Infotainment
Bluetooth Controls Controls
. The system may not recognize
Use the buttons on the infotainment voice commands if there is too A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
system and the steering wheel to much background noise. must be paired and then connected
operate the Bluetooth system. to the vehicle before it can be used.
. A tone sounds to indicate that See the cell phone manufacturer's
Steering Wheel Controls the system is ready for a voice user guide for Bluetooth functions
b / g : Press to answer incoming command. Wait for the tone and before pairing the cell phone. If a
calls and start voice recognition. then speak. Bluetooth phone is not connected,
$ / i : Press to end a call, . Speak clearly in a calm and calls will be made using OnStar
decline an incoming call, or cancel natural voice. Hands-Free Calling, if available.
voice recognition. See OnStar Overview 0 360.
See Voice Recognition 0 191.
+ x − : Press + or − to increase or Pairing Information
Audio System
decrease the volume. . A Bluetooth-enabled phone and
Sound comes through the vehicle's an audio playback device can be
Infotainment System Controls front audio system speakers and paired to the system at the
For information about how to overrides the audio system. Use the same time.
navigate the menu system using the VOL/n knob during a call to . Up to five devices can be paired
infotainment controls, see change the volume level. The to the Bluetooth system.
Overview 0 126.
10/21/15

. The pairing process is disabled 4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected
when the vehicle is moving. cell phone to be paired to the Phones/Devices
. Pairing only needs to be vehicle. See the cell phone 1. Press CONFIG.
completed once, unless the manufacturer's user guide.
2. Select Phone Settings.
pairing information on the cell 5. Locate and select the device
phone changes or the cell phone named after the vehicle make 3. Select Device List.
is deleted from the system. and model in the list on the cell Deleting a Paired Phone/Device
. Only one paired cell phone can phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press CONFIG.
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time. PIN provided in Step 3, or to 2. Select Phone Settings.
confirm the six-digit code
. If multiple paired cell phones are matches. The system 3. Select Device List.
within range of the system, the recognizes the new connected 4. Select the phone to delete and
radio will connect to the first phone after the pairing process follow the screen prompts.
phone in the list or to the phone is complete.
that was previously connected. Connecting to a Different Phone
6. If the phone prompts to accept
Pairing a Phone/Device connection or allow phone To connect to a different phone, the
book download, select always new phone must be in the vehicle
1. Press CONFIG or PHONE. and available to be connected to the
accept and allow. The phone
2. Select Phone Settings. book may not be available if Bluetooth system before the
not accepted. Some phones process is started.
3. Select Pair Device (Phone).
The radio displays “Please will put connection request or a 1. Press CONFIG.
start Bluetooth search on your phonebook request in a pull
2. Select Phone Settings.
phone. Confirm or enter down task bar at the top of the
number :”. If the device screen. Drag down the task bar 3. Select Device List.
supports a four-digit Personal and look for connection/ 4. Select the new phone to
Identification Number (PIN), it phonebook request and accept. connect to and follow the
will display. The PIN is used in 7. Repeat to pair additional screen prompts.
Step 5. phones.
10/21/15
Pairing with Voice Recognition PIN or confirming the six-digit Deleting a Paired Phone
passcode. The PIN is used in If the phone name to delete is
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
Step 4. unknown, see “Listing All Paired
must be paired and then connected
to the vehicle before it can be used. 4. Locate and select the device and Connected Phones.”
See the cell phone manufacturer's named after the vehicle make
user guide for Bluetooth functions and model in the list on the cell 1. Press b / g. The system
before pairing the cell phone. If a phone. Follow the instructions responds “Please say a
Bluetooth phone is not connected, on the cell phone to enter the command,” followed by a tone.
calls will be made using OnStar PIN provided in Step 3 or to 2. Say “Delete Device.”
Hands-Free Calling, if available. confirm the six-digit code
matches. The system responds 3. The system responds: “To
See OnStar Overview 0 360.
“Successfully paired.” delete a device, please select
Pairing a Phone its name from the list.” Select
5. Repeat Steps 1−4 to pair the device to delete on the
1. Press b / g. The system additional phones. display and it will be removed.
responds “Please say a
command,” followed by a tone. Listing All Paired and Connected To cancel this command, press $ /
Phones i on the steering wheel control or
2. Say “Pair.” The system
The system can list all cell phones press BACK on the radio faceplate.
responds with “Please search
for Bluetooth devices on your paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
Connecting to a Different Phone
phone, select your vehicle, also connected to the vehicle, the
or Device
confirm or enter the PIN system responds to confirm that
phone name is connected. To connect to a different cell phone,
number provided on the
the system looks for the next
screen.” 1. Press b / g. The system available cell phone. Depending on
3. Start the search for Bluetooth responds “Please say a the cell phone to be connected, this
devices on the phone. Then command,” followed by a tone. command may need to be repeated.
select the device and follow the 2. Say “Device List.”
instructions on the phone by 1. Press b / g. The system
either entering the four-digit responds “Please say a
command,” followed by a tone.
10/21/15
2. Say “Change Phone.” The Call Lists menu allows access 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
. To select a device, touch to the phone numbers from the Outgoing Calls, or Missed
the name on the display. Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Calls list.
Missed Calls menus on the cell 4. Select the name or number
. If another cell phone is not phone to make a call.
found, the original phone to call.
remains connected. The radio will display the first 1,000
contacts and the phone numbers for Making a Call Using the
Making a Call Using Phone each contact including Home, Work, Infotainment Controls
Book and Infotainment Mobile, and Other. To make a call:
Controls To make a call using the Phone 1. Press PHONE once on the
For cell phones that support the Book menu: radio or touch the Phone
phone book feature, the Bluetooth screen button.
1. Press V / $ once on the radio
system can use the contacts stored or the Phone screen button. 2. Touch Enter Number.
on the cell phone to make calls. See
the cell phone manufacturer‘s user 2. Select Phone Book. 3. Enter the phone number.
guide or contact the wireless 3. Select the letter group of the 4. Select OK to start dialing the
provider to find out if this feature is phone book entry to scroll number.
supported. through the list of names/ 5. Select Call to place the call.
When a cell phone supports the numbers.
phone book feature, the Phone To make a call using voice
4. Select the name. recognition, see “Making a Call”
Book and Call Lists menus are
automatically available. 5. Select the number to call. under Bluetooth 0 197.
The Phone Book menu allows To make a call using the Call Accepting or Declining a Call
access to the phone book stored in Lists menu:
When an incoming call is received,
the cell phone to make a call. 1. Press PHONE once on the the infotainment system mutes and
radio or touch the Phone a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
screen button.
2. Select Call Lists.
10/21/15
Using the Infotainment Controls . Press b / g to answer an 2. Enter the phone number and
incoming call when another call select OK.
Turn the Z knob to “Answer” or
“Decline” and press the outer ring of is active. The original call is 3. After the call has been placed,
placed on hold. turn the Z knob and
the Z knob or touch Accept or
Decline on the screen. . Press b / g again to return to choose Merge Calls.
the original call. 4. To add more callers to the
Using Steering Wheel Controls
. To decline answering the conference call, repeat Steps 1
Press b / g to answer or $ / i to incoming call, touch Decline on −3. The number of callers that
decline the call. the screen or take no action. can be added is limited by your
wireless service carrier.
Call Waiting Using the . Press $ / i to disconnect the
Infotainment Controls current call and switch to the call Ending a Call
Call waiting must be supported on on hold. Using the Infotainment Controls
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Conference Calling Using the Turn and press the outer ring of the
the wireless service carrier to work. Infotainment Controls Z knob and select Hang Up or
Switching Between Calls (Call press Hang Up on the screen.
Conference calling and three-way
Waiting Calls Only) calling must be supported on the Using Steering Wheel Controls
To switch between calls, turn and Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier to work. This Press $ / i.
press the outer ring of the Z
knob and select Switch Call or feature is only supported when the Muting a Call
select Switch Call on the screen. vehicle is not moving.
During a call, all sounds from inside
To start a conference while in a the vehicle can be muted so that the
Call Waiting Using Steering current call:
Wheel Controls person on the other end of the call
1. Turn and press the outer ring of cannot hear them.
Call waiting must be supported on
the Z knob and select
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier. Enter Number.
10/21/15
Using the Infotainment Controls Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Making a Call

Turn and press the outer ring of the (DTMF) Tones Calls can be made using the
Z knob and select Mute Call. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can following commands.
Press again to cancel mute. send numbers during a call. This is Dial or Call : These commands can
Transferring a Call used when calling a menu-driven be used interchangeably to dial a
phone system. phone number.
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell Using the Infotainment Controls Digit Dial : This command allows a
phone. 1. Turn and press the outer ring of phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
The cell phone must be paired and the Z knob and select
connected with the Bluetooth Enter Number. Redial : This command dials the
system before a call can be last number used on the cell phone.
2. Enter the phone number,
transferred. or select Enter Number on the To call a number:
To Transfer Audio from the screen and select digits, then 1. Press b / g. The system
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone touch OK.
During a call with the audio in the Hands-Free Phone command,” followed by a tone.
vehicle, touch the Transfer Call 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
button on the screen or press and Using Bluetooth Voice
Recognition 3. Say the entire number without
hold b / g on the steering wheel.
pausing, followed by “Dial.”
To use voice recognition, press b /
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
g on the steering wheel. Use the Once connected, the person called
commands below for the various will be heard through the audio
Use the audio transfer feature on voice features. For additional speakers.
the cell phone. See your cell phone information, say “Help” while in a To call using a name tag:
manufacturer's user guide for more voice recognition menu.
information. Touch the Transfer Call 1. Press b / g. The system
button on the screen or press and responds “Please say a
hold b / g on the steering wheel. command,” followed by a tone.
10/21/15
2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then Using the “Redial” Command Not all phones support all functions
say the name tag. For and work with Bluetooth. The radio
example, say “Call John 1. Press b / g. The system only supports the receipt of SMS
at Work.” responds “Please say a text messages. A request may need
command,” followed by a tone. to be accepted on the phone or
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio 2. After the tone, say “Redial.” some phone settings may need to
speakers. The system dials the last be changed to allow text messaging
number called from the to function. See the cell phone
Using the “Digit Dial” Command connected cell phone. manufacturer’s user guide.
This allows a phone number to be Once connected, the person called Using Text Messaging
dialed by entering the digits one at will be heard through the audio
a time. speakers.
1. Press b / g. The system Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
command,” followed by a tone.
the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will
2. Say “Digit Dial.” be retained. This includes phone
3. Say each digit, one at a time, pairing information. For directions
to dial. After each digit is on how to delete this information,
entered, the system repeats see “Deleting a Paired Phone/
Device.” previously in this section. 1. Touch Messages on the Home
back the digit it heard followed
Page or select Text Messages
by a tone. After the last digit
Text Messaging from the Phone main screen.
has been entered, say “Dial.”
Until all text messages are
If an unwanted number is repeated For vehicles equipped with retrieved, the Home Page icon
back, say “Clear” to clear the last Bluetooth capability, the system, will remain gray and the Phone
number. if equipped with text messaging, can main screen option will be
display text messages, play back a removed.
Once connected, the person called
message over the audio system,
will be heard through the audio
and send a predefined message.
speakers.
10/21/15
This feature will be disabled if

the paired Bluetooth device
does not support SMS text
messaging.
3. View the message or select . Select the desired message from

Listen to hear the message the display of predefined
through voice recognition. The messages to send as the reply
message view screen is locked message.
out while the vehicle is in
2. Once all messages are motion.
retrieved, the Text Message . Select Call to dial the contact or
Inbox displays. Select a number associated with the text.
message for viewing. Viewing Not all phones allow calling the
messages is only available sender of the message and will
while the vehicle is not in result in not being able to
motion. select Call.
. Select Reply to reply to a text
message that was received as . Select Send to send that
an incoming message. Not all message.
phones allow message sending.
. Select Back to cancel and return
to the previous screen.
10/21/15
Incoming Text Messages . Select Dismiss to close out the . Select Manage Predefined
incoming pop-up message Messages to create a user
screen. defined message that can be
used later to reply to a text
Text Messaging Settings message.
. Select Text Alerts to choose the
alert behavior for incoming text
messages:
‐ Text alert with tone
‐ Tone only
A pop-up screen is displayed when
‐ Off
there is an incoming text. The
pop-up will remain on the screen
until Dismiss is selected.
Text Message Settings are available
. Select Listen to hear the from the Text Message Inbox.
message through voice
recognition.
. Select View to view the
message. Viewing is not
available while the vehicle is in
motion.
. Select Reply to reply to the
message using a predefined
message.
. Select Call to dial the contact or
number associated with the text.
10/21/15
Trademarks and iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are channel name. Channel blocking is
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered available for SiriusXM Satellite
License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries. Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
FCC Information
. U.S: 866-635-2349 or see
See Radio Frequency www.siriusxm.com.
Statement 0 356.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, software incorporated in receivers
taxes, one time activation fee, and compatible with the SiriusXM
other fees may apply. Subscription Satellite Radio System or that
fee is consumer only. All fees and support the SiriusXM website, the
“Made for iPod,” and “Made for programming subject to change. Online Service or any of its content.
iPhone,” mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer Furthermore, the AMBER voice
accessory has been designed to Agreement available at compression software included in
connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® this product is protected by
iPhone and has been certified by service only available in the intellectual property rights including
the developer to meet Apple 48 contiguous United States and patent rights, copyrights, and trade
performance standards. Apple is not Canada. secrets of Digital Voice
responsible for the operation of this In Canada: Some deterioration of Systems, Inc.
device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme
and regulatory standards. Please General Requirements:
northern latitudes. This is beyond
note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM® Satellite 1. A License Agreement from
with iPod or iPhone may affect Radio. SiriusXM is required for any
wireless performance. iPhone®, product that incorporates
iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, Explicit Language Notice: Channels SiriusXM Technology and/or for
with frequent explicit language are use of any of the SiriusXM
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
10/21/15
marks to be manufactured, In addition, the Lonely Planet Travel

distributed, or marketed in the Guide content is subject to the
SiriusXM Service Area. following supplier notices (if
2. For products to be distributed, equipped):
marketed, and/or sold in © 2014 Lonely Planet Publications
Canada, a separate agreement Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.
is required with Canadian Manufactured under license from PANASONIC and its content
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the providers have tried to make this
as XM Canada). double-D symbol are trademarks of information as accurate as possible,
Gracenote Dolby Laboratories. but it is provided “as is” and
Map End User License PANASONIC and its content
Gracenote®, Gracenote logo and providers accept no responsibility
logotype, and the "Powered by Agreement (Optional for any loss, injury or inconvenience
Gracenote" logo are either a Equipment Applies Where resulting from this information. You
registered trademark or a trademark Equipped) should verify critical information (like
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United visas, health and safety) before you
States and/or other countries. END USER TERMS
travel.
The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is
Bluetooth provided for your personal, internal TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The Bluetooth® word mark and use only and not for resale. It is Personal Use Only. You agree to
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® protected by copyright, and is use this Data together with the
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks subject to the following terms (this General Motors MyLink or IntelliLink
by General Motors is under license. “End User License Agreement”) and Connected Navigation Radio
Other trademarks and trade names conditions which are agreed to by Platform for the solely personal,
are those of their respective owners. you, on the one hand, and HERE non-commercial purposes for which
North America, LLC (“HERE”) and you were licensed, and not for
Pandora (If Equipped) its licensors (including their service bureau, time-sharing or
Pandora is a registered trademark licensors and suppliers) on the other similar purposes. Accordingly,
of Pandora Media, Inc., used under other hand. but subject to the restrictions set
license. forth in the following paragraphs,
10/21/15
you agree not to otherwise Warning Disclaimer of Warranty

reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, The Data may contain inaccurate or PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
disassemble, create any derivative incomplete information due to the (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
works of, or reverse engineer any passage of time, changing AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
portion of this Data, and may not circumstances, sources used and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
transfer or distribute it in any form, the nature of collecting IMPLIED, OF QUALITY,
for any purpose, except to the comprehensive geographic data, PERFORMANCE,
extent permitted by mandatory laws. any of which may lead to incorrect MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
Restrictions results. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some
Except where you have been No Warranty States, Territories and Countries do
specifically licensed to do so by This Data is provided to you “as is,” not allow certain warranty
PANASONIC, and without limiting and you agree to use it at your own exclusions, so to that extent the
the preceding paragraph, you may risk. PANASONIC and its licensors above exclusion may not apply
not (a) use this Data with any (and their licensors and suppliers) to you.
products, systems, or applications make no guarantees,
installed or otherwise connected to representations or warranties of any Disclaimer of Liability
or in communication with vehicles, kind, express or implied, arising by PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
capable of vehicle navigation, law or otherwise, including but not (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
positioning, dispatch, real time route limited to, content, quality, accuracy, AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
guidance, fleet management or completeness, effectiveness, LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF
similar applications; or (b) with or in reliability, fitness for a particular ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
communication with any positioning purpose, usefulness, use or results ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
devices or any mobile or to be obtained from this Data, NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
wireless-connected electronic or or that the Data or server will be CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
computer devices, including without uninterrupted or error-free. ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
limitation cellular phones, palmtop OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
and handheld computers, pagers, INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT
and personal digital assistants FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION
or PDAs OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR
10/21/15
ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, limited to the laws, rules and of Data for the Americas and/or the
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR regulations administered by the Asia Pacific territories), and the laws
ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, Office of Foreign Assets Control of of The Netherlands (with respect to
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR the U.S. Department of Commerce Data for the Middle East, Africa,
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES and the Bureau of Industry and Russia and Europe territories),
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF Security of the U.S. Department of without giving effect to (i) its conflict
OR INABILITY TO USE THIS Commerce. To the extent that any of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN such export laws, rules or Nations Convention for Contracts for
THE INFORMATION, OR THE regulations prohibit HERE from the International Sale of Goods,
BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR complying with any of its obligations which is explicitly excluded. You
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN hereunder to deliver or distribute agree to submit to the jurisdiction of
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT Data, such failure shall be excused the State of Illinois for any and all
OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, and shall not constitute a breach of disputes, claims and actions arising
EVEN IF PANASONIC OR ITS this Agreement. from or in connection with the Data
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN provided to you hereunder.
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY Entire Agreement
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some These terms and conditions Government End Users
States, Territories and Countries do constitute the entire agreement If the Data is being acquired by or
not allow certain liability exclusions between PANASONIC (and its on behalf of the United States
or damages limitations, so to that licensors, including their licensors government or any other entity
extent the above may not apply and suppliers) and you pertaining to seeking or applying rights similar to
to you. the subject matter hereof, and those customarily claimed by the
supersedes in their entirety any and United States government, this Data
Export Control all written or oral agreements is a “commercial item” as that term
PANASONIC shall not export from previously existing between us with is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”)
anywhere any part of the Data or respect to such subject matter. 2.101, is licensed in accordance
any direct product thereof except in with these End-User Terms, and
compliance with, and with all Governing Law each copy of Data delivered or
licenses and approvals required The above terms and conditions otherwise furnished shall be marked
under, applicable export laws, rules shall be governed by the laws of the and embedded as appropriate with
and regulations, including but not State of Illinois (with respect to use
10/21/15
the following “Notice of Use,” and © 2014 HERE North America, LLC.
shall be treated in accordance with All rights reserved.
such Notice: If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal
official refuses to use the legend
provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency,
or any federal official must notify
HERE North America, LLC prior to
seeking additional or alternative
rights in the Data.
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
NAME:
HERE North America, LLC
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street,
Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject
to these End-User Terms under
which this Data was provided.
10/21/15
212 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control 5. Fan Controls

6. Defrost
Systems
7. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 8. Recirculation
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Control System 9. Heated Steering Wheel (If
Air Vents The heating, cooling, and ventilation Equipped)
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 for the vehicle can be controlled 10. Air Conditioning
with this system.
Maintenance Automatic Operation
Passenger Compartment Air The system automatically controls
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the system is in full automatic
operation. If the air delivery mode or
fan setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and displays
will show the selected settings.
1. Driver and Passenger Heated To place the system in

Seats (If Equipped) automatic mode:
2. Driver and Passenger 1. Press AUTO.

Temperature Controls 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
4. Air Delivery Modes needed for best comfort.
10/21/15
Climate Controls 213
To improve fuel efficiency and can be combined. An indicator light Press AUTO to return to automatic
to cool the vehicle faster, comes on in the selected mode operation and the air conditioner
recirculation may be button. runs as needed. When the indicator
automatically selected in warm Changing the mode cancels the light is on, the air conditioner runs
weather. The recirculation light automatic operation and the system automatically to cool the air inside
will not come on. Press L goes into manual mode. Press the vehicle or to dry the air needed
to select recirculation; press it AUTO to return to automatic to defog the windshield faster.
again to select outside air. operation. L : Press to turn recirculation on
English units can be changed to % : Air is directed to the or off. An indicator light comes on.
metric units through the Driver windshield and side window vents. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the
Information Center (DIC). See inside of the vehicle or reduce entry
Driver Information Center Y : Air is directed to the instrument of outside air and odors.
(DIC) 0 110. panel outlets.
Rear Window Defogger
Manual Operation
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets. = : Press to turn the rear window
9 : Press the lower 9 button to 0 : Press to clear the windshield
defogger on or off. An indicator light
decrease the fan speed. Pressing on the button comes on to show that
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is the rear window defogger is on.
the lower button longer turns the fan directed to the windshield.
and cooling off. Press the upper 9 The defogger only works when the
button to increase the fan speed. For best results, clear all snow and ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger
The selected fan speed is indicated ice from the windshield before turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/
defrosting. ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
by the number of segments on the
display screen. Press AUTO to # : Press to turn the air position.
return to automatic operation. conditioning on or off. If the fan is The rear window defogger can be
turned off or the outside set to automatic operation; see
Air Delivery Modes : Press %, Y, temperature falls below freezing, the “Climate and Air Quality” under
or[ to change the direction of the air conditioning compressor will Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
airflow. Air delivery mode settings not run. When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
the rear window defogger turns on
10/21/15
214 Climate Controls
automatically when the interior M or L : Press to turn the heated Air Vents
temperature is cold and the outside seats on or off. See Heated Front
temperature is about 4 °C (40 °F) Seats 0 50. Adjustable Air Vents
and below. The auto rear defogger
turns off automatically after about ( : If equipped, press to turn the
10 minutes. At higher speeds, the heated steering wheel on or off. See
rear window defogger may stay on Heated Steering Wheel 0 94.
continuously. Remote Start Climate Control
If equipped with heated outside Operation : If equipped with the
rearview mirrors, they turn on when remote vehicle start feature, the
the rear window defogger button is climate control system may run
on and help to clear fog or frost from when the vehicle is started remotely.
the surface of the mirrors. See The system uses the driver’s
Heated Mirrors 0 33. previous settings to heat or cool the
inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
may come on during remote start
Caution based on cold ambient conditions.
Do not try to clear frost or other The rear defog indicator light does
not come on during a remote start.
material from the inside of the
If the vehicle has front heated seats,
front windshield and rear window
they may come on during a remote
with a razor blade or anything start. The heated seat indicator
else that is sharp. This may lights do not come on during a
damage the rear window remote start. See Remote Vehicle
defogger grid and affect the Start 0 50 and Heated Front
radio's ability to pick up stations Seats 0 50.
clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
1. Slider Knob
10/21/15
Climate Controls 215
2. Thumbwheel Maintenance Pollen Filter

Use the slider knobs (1) on the air The pollen filter cleans dust, pollen,
vents to change the direction of the Passenger Compartment and other airborne irritants from air
airflow. entering the vehicle through the air
Air Filter intake.
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
air vents to control the amount of Air Intake
airflow or to shut off the airflow.
Fixed Air Vents
Additional air vents are under the
windshield, near the side windows,
and in the foot wells.
Operation Tips
. Keep all outlets open whenever
possible for best system
performance.
. Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate
the air inside the vehicle more The air intake in front of the
effectively. windshield in the engine
. Use of non-GM approved hood compartment must be kept clear to
deflectors can adversely affect allow air intake. Remove any
the performance of the system. leaves, dirt or snow.
10/21/15
216 Driving and Operating
Driving and Engine Exhaust

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Operating Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
249
249
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Automatic Transmission Filling a Portable Fuel
Driving Information Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 233
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Trailer Towing
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Brakes General Towing
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Antilock Brake Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Conversions and Add-Ons
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Add-On Electrical
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 238 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 220
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 221 Ride Control Systems
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Traction Control/Electronic
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 222 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cruise Control
Starting and Operating Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 226
Driver Assistance Systems
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Assistance Systems for
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 243
Retained Accessory
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Lane Departure
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10/21/15
Driving and Operating 217

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
programming favorite radio system, including pairing and using
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate a cell phone
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into Defensive Driving
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to
driving. Defensive driving means “always
judgment and do not let other
expect the unexpected.” The first
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked step in driving defensively is to wear
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen the safety belt. See Safety
governments have enacted laws to the floor. Belts 0 53.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users
your area. to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
. Keep pets in an appropriate other drivers) are going to be
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. careless and make mistakes.
keep your eyes on the road, hands
Anticipate what they might do
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations and be ready.
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance
demanding driving situations.
between you and the driver in
Use a hands-free method to
front of you.
place or receive necessary { Warning . Focus on the task of driving.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
long or too often could cause a Drunk Driving
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other Death and injury associated with
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices. drinking and driving is a global
. Designate a front seat tragedy.
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
10/21/15
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious — or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort. See your dealer if
Do not drink and drive or ride with there is a problem.
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . If the steering wheel is turned until it
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver reaches the end of its travel and is
If the engine ever stops while the held against that position for an
who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power
normally but do not pump the steering assist may be reduced.
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
If the steering assist is used for an
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating extended period of time, power
engine stops, there will be some
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be assist may be reduced.
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Normal use of the power steering
Once the power assist is used up, it assist should return when the
Braking can take longer to stop and the system cools down.
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. See your dealer if there is a
time and reaction time. Deciding to problem.
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
10/21/15
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
10/21/15
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types Hydroplaning
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
occurs. driving through large puddles and
can build up under the vehicle's
. Slow down and adjust your deep-standing or flowing water.
tires so they actually ride on the
driving according to weather water. This can happen if the road is
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning wet enough and you are going fast
can be longer and vehicle enough. When the vehicle is
control can be affected when Wet brakes can cause crashes. hydroplaning, it has little or no
traction is reduced by water, They might not work as well in a contact with the road.
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could There is no hard and fast rule about
material on the road. Learn to
lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to
recognize warning clues — such
slow down when the road is wet.
as enough water, ice, or packed After driving through a large
snow on the road to make a puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips
mirrored surface — and slow wash, lightly apply the brake
down when you have any doubt. Besides slowing down, other wet
pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include:
. Try to avoid sudden steering, normally. . Allow extra following distance.
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed Flowing or rushing water creates . Pass with caution.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping
sudden changes could cause
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape.
the tires to slide.
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Remember: Antilock brakes help occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled.
avoid only the braking skid.
ignore police warnings and be . Have good tires with proper
very cautious about trying to drive tread depth. See Tires 0 288.
Driving on Wet Roads through flowing water.
Rain and wet roads can reduce . Turn off cruise control.
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
10/21/15
Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving

{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 239.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 236.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
10/21/15
clear roads in shaded areas.

The surface of a curve or an { Warning Warning (Continued)
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear. Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest
Avoid sudden steering under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
maneuvers and braking while cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.”
on ice. inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 232.
. Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Blizzard Conditions cause unconsciousness and even
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and short periods to warm the vehicle
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and
unless there is help nearby. . Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
If possible, use Roadside the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
Assistance. See Roadside blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive,
Assistance Program 0 350. To get
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
help and keep everyone in the
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
vehicle safe:
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
. Turn on the hazard warning to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
flashers. charged to restart the vehicle and to
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside or under the instrument
mirror. Do this as little as possible, to
panel. save fuel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air If the Vehicle Is Stuck
inside the vehicle and set
Slowly and cautiously spin the
(Continued) wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
10/21/15
If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator
system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press { Warning
traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal
rocking method. See Traction when the transmission is in gear. Do not load the vehicle any
Control/Electronic Stability Slowly spinning the wheels in the heavier than the Gross
Control 0 239. forward and reverse directions Vehicle Weight Rating
causes a rocking motion that could (GVWR), or either the
{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the This can cause systems to
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, break and change the way the
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 317. vehicle handles. This could
vehicle can overheat, causing an cause loss of control and a
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also
damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how reduce stopping distance,
as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can damage the tires, and shorten
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
carry. This weight is called the the life of the vehicle.
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all
it Out occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth properly carry: the Tire and
between R (Reverse) and a low Loading Information label and
forward gear, spinning the wheels the Certification label.
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
10/21/15
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined
Label recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs.
see Tires 0 288 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals
Pressure 0 295. the available amount of
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See “Certification available cargo and luggage
Label Example Label” later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
“Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit–
attached to the vehicle's center 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
Loading Information label shows being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
tire size of the original trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
10/21/15
your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and

manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
this reduces the available (700 lbs).
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
Example 2
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant
for Example 2 = 453 kg Weight @ 91 kg
(1,000 lbs). (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
Example 1 (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs).
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
2. Subtract Occupant = 113 kg (250 lbs). Loading Information label for
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) specific information about the
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
10/21/15
weight of the driver, passengers, Starting and

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Operating
Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
Caution
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the The vehicle does not need an
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
Label Example some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
may show the gross weight in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
capacity of the vehicle, called broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle. premature wear and earlier
. replacement. Follow this
the weight of the vehicle, all Do not leave a seat
occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless (Continued)
needed.
10/21/15
Do not turn the engine off when the

Caution (Continued) Caution vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
breaking-in guideline every Using a tool to force the key to and steering systems and disable
time you get new brake turn in the ignition could cause the airbags.
linings. damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make If the vehicle must be shut off in an
Following break-in, engine speed emergency:
and load can be gradually sure it is all the way in, and turn it
increased. only with your hand. If the key 1. Brake using a firm and steady
cannot be turned by hand, see pressure. Do not pump the
your dealer. brakes repeatedly. This may
Ignition Positions deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
To shift out of P (Park), turn the vehicle is moving. After shifting
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the to N (Neutral), continue to
brake pedal. firmly apply the brakes and
0 Stopping the Engine : When the steer the vehicle to a safe
vehicle is stopped, turn the ignition location.
switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
engine off. Retained Accessory to P (Park). Turn the ignition to
Power (RAP) will remain active. See LOCK/OFF.
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 230. 4. Set the parking brake. See
The ignition switch has four different Parking Brake 0 236.
This is the only position from which
positions. the key can be removed. This locks
the ignition and automatic
transmission.
10/21/15
verify the proper operation of the The key lock release is always
{ Warning malfunction indicator lamp as may functional except in the case of an
be required for emission inspection uncharged or low voltage (less than
Turning off the vehicle while purposes. The transmission is also 9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
moving may cause loss of power unlocked in this position. uncharged battery or a battery with
assist in the brake and steering low voltage, try charging or jump
systems and disable the airbags. The battery could be drained if the
key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY starting the battery. See Jump
While driving, only shut the Starting - North America 0 315.
vehicle off in an emergency. or ON/RUN position with the engine
off. The vehicle might not start if the
battery is allowed to drain for an
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, extended period of time.
and must be shut off while driving,
3 : This position starts the engine.
turn the ignition to ACC/
When the engine starts, release the
ACCESSORY.
key. The ignition switch will return to
1 : This position provides power to ON/RUN for normal driving.
some of the electrical accessories.
A warning tone sounds when the
To move the key from ACC/
driver door is opened if the ignition
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
in the key and then turn it to
key is in the ignition.
LOCK/OFF.
If the ignition becomes difficult to
2 : The ignition switch stays in this If charging or jump starting the
turn, see Keys 0 21.
position when the engine is running. battery does not work, locate the
This position can be used to operate Key Lock Release hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
the electrical accessories, including flat bladed tool or another key from
the ventilation fan and 12-volt power The vehicle is equipped with an
electronic key lock release. The key the key chain into the opening.
outlet, as well as to display some When the lever can be felt, actuate
warning and indicator lights. This lock release is designed to prevent
ignition key removal unless the shift the lever toward the driver, and
position can also be used for remove the key from the ignition.
service and diagnostics, and to lever is in P (Park).
10/21/15
Starting the Engine Caution Caution

Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle If the steering wheel is turned Cranking the engine for long
when it is already moving, use until it reaches the end of its periods of time, by returning the
N (Neutral) only. travel, and is held in that position ignition to the START position
while starting the vehicle, damage immediately after cranking has
Caution may occur to the hydraulic power ended, can overheat and damage
steering system and there may be the cranking motor, and drain the
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the loss of power steering assist. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
vehicle is moving. If you do, you between each try, to let the
could damage the transmission. cranking motor cool down.
Starting Procedure
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped. 1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the 2. If the engine does not start
ignition key to START. When after five to 10 seconds,
the engine starts, let go of the especially in very cold weather
Caution (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
key. The idle speed will go
down as the engine warms. Do be flooded with too much
If you add electrical parts or gasoline. Push the accelerator
accessories, you could change not race the engine
immediately after starting it. pedal all the way to the floor
the way the engine operates. Any and hold it there as you hold
resulting damage would not be Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the the key in START for a
covered by the vehicle warranty. maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
oil to warm up and lubricate all
See Add-On Electrical at least 15 seconds between
moving parts.
Equipment 0 252. each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again,
repeat the procedure. This
10/21/15
clears the extra gasoline from 2. Hold the button on the shift
the engine. Do not race the lever and push the lever toward Warning (Continued)
engine immediately after the front of the vehicle into
starting it. Operate the engine P (Park). always set the parking brake and
and transmission gently until move the shift lever to P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. See Shifting Into Park 0 230.
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts. 4. Remove the key.
Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with
Retained Accessory Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must
Power (RAP) be in P (Park) and the parking
brake set.
These vehicle accessories may be { Warning Release the button and check that
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine is turned off: It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever cannot be moved out
vehicle with the engine running. of P (Park).
. Power windows
It could overheat and catch fire.
.
Torque Lock
Accessory power outlets
It is dangerous to get out of the Torque lock is when the weight of
Power to the infotainment system vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the vehicle puts too much force on
will continue to operate for in P (Park) with the parking brake the parking pawl in the
30 minutes or until the key is firmly set. The vehicle can roll. transmission. This happens when
removed from the ignition switch,
Do not leave the vehicle when the parking on a hill and shifting the
regardless of whether any door will
engine is running. If you have left transmission into P (Park) is not
be opened.
the engine running, the vehicle done properly; then it is difficult to
can move suddenly. You or others shift out of P (Park). To prevent
Shifting Into Park torque lock, set the parking brake
could be injured. To be sure the
To shift into P (Park): vehicle will not move, even when and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
1. Hold the brake pedal down and you are on fairly level ground,
previously in this section.
set the parking brake. (Continued)
See Parking Brake 0 236.
10/21/15
If torque lock does occur, the If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things
vehicle may need to be pushed battery or a battery with low voltage,
uphill by another vehicle to relieve try charging or jump starting the
That Burn
the parking pawl pressure, so you battery. See Jump Starting - North
can shift out of P (Park). America 0 315. { Warning
If the shift lever cannot be moved Things that can burn could touch
Shifting out of Park out of P (Park): hot exhaust parts under the
Automatic Transmission 1. Apply and maintain the regular vehicle and ignite. Do not park
Shift Lock brakes. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
2. Turn the ignition to the ON/ or other things that can burn.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control RUN position. See Ignition
system. The shift lock control Positions 0 227 for more
system is designed to: information.
. Prevent ignition key removal 3. Let up on the shift lever and
unless the shift lever is in make sure the shift lever is
P (Park). pushed all the way into
P (Park).
. Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the 4. Press the shift lever button.
ignition is in ON/RUN and the 5. Move the shift lever into the
brake pedal is applied. desired gear.
The shift lock is always functional If you still cannot move the shift
except in the case of an uncharged lever from P (Park), consult your
or low voltage (less than 9-volt) dealer or a professional towing
battery. service.
10/21/15
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 230 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 232.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
10/21/15
Automatic Warning (Continued)

Transmission could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 230.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in

P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
P : This position locks the drive transmission shift lock control
wheels. It is the best position to use system. The regular brake must be
when starting the engine because fully applied first and then the shift
The selected gear is also shown in the vehicle cannot move easily. lever button pressed before shifting
the DIC. from P (Park) when the ignition key
{ Warning is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
It is dangerous to get out of the shift lever, then push the shift lever
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully all the way into P (Park) as you
in P (Park) with the parking brake maintain brake application. Then
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
Do not leave the vehicle when the gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 231.
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle R : Use this gear to back up.
can move suddenly. You or others
(Continued)
10/21/15

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
Caution Warning (Continued) more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle is moving forward could You could lose control and hit
damage the transmission. The people or objects. Do not shift Caution
repairs would not be covered by into a drive gear while the engine If the vehicle does not shift gears,
the vehicle warranty. Shift to is running at high speed. the transmission could be
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle damaged. Have the vehicle
is stopped. serviced right away.
Caution
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
Shifting out of P (Park) or Manual Mode
N (Neutral) with the engine
damaging the transmission, see If Driver Shift Control (DSC)
running at high speed may
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 222.
damage the transmission. The
N : In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by Caution
not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high Driving with the engine at a high
is already moving, use N (Neutral) speed when shifting the vehicle. rpm without upshifting while using
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the Driver Shift Control (DSC), could
vehicle is being towed. damage the vehicle. Always
D : This position is for normal upshift when necessary while
{ Warning driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If more power is needed
using DSC.
Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and the vehicle is:
engine is running at high speed is . Going less than 56 km/h
dangerous. Unless your foot is (35 mph), push the accelerator
firmly on the brake pedal, the pedal about halfway down.
(Continued)
10/21/15
DSC allows you to shift an shift to the next lower gear if the
automatic transmission similar to a engine rpm is too high, nor to the
manual transmission. To use the next higher gear when the maximum
DSC feature: engine rpm is reached.
If shifting is prevented for any
reason, the currently selected gear
will flash multiple times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted
gears.
While in the DSC mode, the
transmission will automatically
downshift when the vehicle comes
2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
to a stop. This will allow for more
to upshift or rearward (−) to
power during take-off.
downshift. An M and the
current gear will be displayed When accelerating the vehicle from
in the DIC. a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
1. Move the shift lever from you may want to shift into second
While using the DSC feature, the
D (Drive) to the left into the (+) gear. A higher gear allows the
vehicle will have firmer, quicker
or (−) manual position. vehicle to gain more traction on
shifting. You can use this for sport
slippery surfaces.
driving or when climbing or
descending hills, to stay in gear
longer, or to downshift for more
power or engine braking.
The transmission will only allow you
to shift into gears appropriate for the
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
transmission will not automatically
10/21/15
Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a Using ABS

computer senses the wheels are
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
slowing down. If one of the wheels
Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
will separately work the brakes at
pump or motor operating and feel
each wheel.
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is
electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure normal.
prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while ABS allows you to steer and brake
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard. at the same time. In many
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls braking.
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
Parking Brake
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning stop, even with ABS.
Light 0 105.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
10/21/15
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) The red parking brake status light The vehicle may automatically apply
switch is on the center console. The will flash and then stay on once the the EPB in some situations when
EPB can always be activated, even EPB is fully applied. If the red the vehicle is not moving. This is
if the ignition is off. To prevent parking brake status light flashes normal, and is done to periodically
draining the battery, avoid repeated continuously, then the EPB is only check the correct operation of the
cycles of the EPB when the engine partially applied or there is a EPB system.
is not running. problem with the EPB. A DIC If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
The system has a red parking brake message will display. Release the wheels should be blocked to
status light and an amber parking EPB and try to apply it again. If the prevent vehicle movement.
brake warning light. See Electric light does not come on, or keeps
Parking Brake Light 0 105. There flashing, have the vehicle serviced. EPB Release
are also parking brake-related Do not drive the vehicle if the red
To release the EPB:
Driver Information Center (DIC) parking brake status light is flashing.
See your dealer. See Electric 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
messages. In case of insufficient
Parking Brake Light 0 105. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
position.
applied or released. If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch 2. Apply and hold the brake
Before leaving the vehicle, check
and hold it up. Continue to hold the pedal.
the red parking brake status light to
ensure that the parking brake is switch until the red parking brake 3. Push down momentarily on the
applied. status light remains on. If the amber EPB switch.
parking brake warning light remains
EPB Apply on, see your dealer. The EPB is released when the red
parking brake status light is off.
To apply the EPB: If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will If the amber parking brake warning
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a light is on, release the EPB by
decelerate as long as the switch is
complete stop. pushing down on the EPB switch
held up. If the switch is held up until
2. Lift up the EPB switch the vehicle comes to a stop, the and holding it down. Continue to
momentarily. EPB will remain applied. hold the switch until the red parking
10/21/15
brake status light is off. If either light stability system hydraulic brake stops and holds the vehicle in a
stays on after release is attempted, control module to supplement the complete standstill on an incline,
see your dealer. power brake system under HSA will be automatically activated.
conditions where the driver has During the transition period between
Caution quickly and forcefully applied the when the driver releases the brake
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly pedal and starts to accelerate to
Driving with the parking brake on stop or slow down the vehicle. The drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
can overheat the brake system stability system hydraulic brake braking pressure to ensure that
and cause premature wear or control module increases brake there is no rolling. The brakes will
damage to brake system parts. pressure at each corner of the automatically release when the
Make sure that the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates. accelerator pedal is applied.
is fully released and the brake Minor brake pedal pulsation or
warning light is off before driving. pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
Automatic EPB Release the driving situation dictates. The
The EPB will automatically release if Brake Assist feature will
the vehicle is running, placed into automatically disengage when the
gear, and an attempt is made to brake pedal is released or brake
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration pedal pressure is quickly
when the EPB is applied, to decreased.
preserve parking brake lining life.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
Brake Assist This vehicle has an HSA feature,
The Brake Assist feature is which may be useful when the
designed to assist the driver in vehicle is stopped on an incline.
stopping or decreasing vehicle This feature is designed to prevent
speed in emergency driving the vehicle from rolling, either
conditions. This feature uses the forward or rearward, during vehicle
drive off. After the driver completely
10/21/15
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability TCS or StabiliTrak begins to limit
Control wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel spin started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC),
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary and d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 222 maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
10/21/15
2. Turn the engine off and wait instrument cluster turns off. The
15 seconds. Caution appropriate DIC message is
3. Start the engine. displayed.
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is Adding accessories can affect
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on vehicle performance. See
and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged. Accessories and
more time to diagnose the problem. Modifications 0 255.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and
Turning the Systems Off release g. The appropriate DIC
and On message is displayed.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release g. The appropriate DIC
message is displayed .
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the
StabiliTrak Off light g comes on and
stays on in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate DIC message is
displayed.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release g. The
StabiliTrak Off light g in the
10/21/15
Cruise Control See Traction Control/Electronic

Stability Control 0 239. If a collision
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
The cruise control lets the vehicle alert occurs when cruise control is briefly to resume to that speed or
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h activated, cruise control is hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
(25 mph) or more without keeping disengaged. See Forward Collision control is already active, use to
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise Alert (FCA) System 0 245. When increase vehicle speed.
control does not work at speeds road conditions allow you to safely SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down
below 40 km/h (25 mph). use it again, cruise control can be briefly to set the speed and activate
turned back on. cruise control. If cruise control is
{ Warning If the brakes are applied, cruise already active, use to decrease
control disengages. speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at * : Press to disengage cruise
a steady speed. Do not use control without erasing the set
cruise control on winding roads or speed from memory.
in heavy traffic. Setting Cruise Control
Cruise control can be dangerous If 1 is on when not in use, SET/− or
on slippery roads. On such roads, RES/+ could get bumped and go
fast changes in tire traction can into cruise when not desired. Keep
cause excessive wheel slip, and 1 off when cruise control is not
you could lose control. Do not use being used.
cruise control on slippery roads.
To set a speed:
The vehicle has a Traction Control 1. Press 1 to turn cruise

System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system control on.
1 : Press to turn the cruise control
that begins to limit wheel spin while system on or off. A white indicator 2. Get up to the speed desired.
using cruise control and the cruise comes on in the instrument cluster
control will automatically disengage. 3. Move the thumbwheel down
when cruise is turned on. toward SET/− and release it.
10/21/15
4. Remove your foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in The speedometer reading can be
accelerator. small increments, move the displayed in either English or metric
The cruise control indicator on the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ units. See Driver Information Center
instrument cluster turns green after briefly. For each press, the (DIC) 0 110. The increment value
cruise control has been set to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h used depends on the units
desired speed. See Instrument (1 mph) faster. displayed.
Cluster 0 98. The speedometer reading can be Passing Another Vehicle While
displayed in either English or metric Using Cruise Control
Resuming a Set Speed units. See Driver Information Center
If the cruise control is set at a (DIC) 0 110. The increment value Use the accelerator pedal to
desired speed and then the brakes used depends on the units increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
are applied or * is pressed, the displayed.
vehicle slows down to the previous
cruise control is disengaged without Reducing Speed While Using set cruise control speed. While
erasing the set speed from memory. Cruise Control pressing the accelerator pedal or
Once the vehicle speed is about shortly following the release to
40 km/h (25 mph) or greater, move If the cruise control system is
already activated: override cruise control, briefly
the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ moving the thumbwheel toward
briefly. The vehicle returns to the . Move the thumbwheel toward SET/− will result in cruise set to the
previously set speed. SET/− and hold until the desired current vehicle speed.
Increasing Speed While Using lower speed is reached, then
release it. Using Cruise Control on Hills
Cruise Control
. To decrease the vehicle speed in How well cruise control works on
If the cruise control system is hills depends on the vehicle speed,
already activated: small increments, move the
thumbwheel toward SET/− load, and the steepness of the hills.
. Move the thumbwheel up toward briefly. For each press, the When going up steep hills, you
RES/+ and hold it until the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h might have to step on the
desired speed is reached, then (1 mph) slower. accelerator pedal to maintain the
release it. vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
10/21/15
speed down. If the brake pedal is Driver Assistance

applied, cruise control will
disengage. Systems
Ending Cruise Control
Assistance Systems for
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
Parking or Backing
. To disengage cruise control, If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
step lightly on the brake pedal. (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
and Front Parking Assist (FPA) may
. Press *. help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
. Shift the transmission to when parking or backing.
N (Neutral). 1. View Displayed by the
. To turn off cruise control, Rear Vision Camera (RVC) Camera
press 1. When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Erasing Speed Memory image of the area behind the vehicle
The cruise control set speed is in the center stack display.
erased from memory if 1 is pressed
or if the vehicle is turned off.
1. View Displayed by the

Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
10/21/15
Displayed images may be farther or

closer than they appear. The area Warning (Continued) { Warning
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the only these camera(s). Always The Parking Assist system does
bumper or under the bumper do not check behind and around the not detect children, pedestrians,
display. vehicle before driving. Failure to bicyclists, animals, or objects
use proper care may result in located below the bumper or that
Touch MENU on the infotainment injury, death, or vehicle damage. are too close or too far from the
screen to adjust the display vehicle. It is not available at
brightness while viewing the rear
Parking Assist speeds greater than 8 km/h
camera display.
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
A warning triangle may display on With RPA, as the vehicle backs up or vehicle damage, even with
the RVC screen to show that RPA at speeds of less than 8 km/h parking assist, always check the
has detected an object. This triangle (5 mph), the sensors on the rear area around the vehicle and
changes from amber to red and bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m check all mirrors before moving
increases in size the closer the (8 ft) behind the vehicle that are
forward or backing.
object. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
{ Warning If the vehicle has Front Parking
Assist (FPA), it also detects objects
The camera(s) do not display 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle.
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, These detection distances may be
crossing traffic, animals, or any shorter during warmer or humid
other object outside of the weather. Blocked sensors will not
cameras’ field of view, below the detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
bumper, or under the vehicle.
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
Shown distances may be different
slush; and clean sensors after a car
from actual distances. Do not wash in freezing temperatures.
drive or park the vehicle using
(Continued)
10/21/15
The instrument cluster may have a button comes on when the features
parking assist display with bars that are on and turns off when the { Warning
show “distance to object” and object features have been disabled.
location information for RPA, and on FCA is a warning system and
The parking assist symbols and does not apply the brakes. When
some vehicles, for the FPA system. guidance lines can be turned on or
As the object gets closer, more bars approaching a slower-moving or
off through the infotainment system. stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
light up, and the bars change color See “Rear Camera Options” in
from yellow to amber to red. or when following a vehicle too
Vehicle Personalization 0 113 closely, FCA may not provide a
When an object is first detected in
warning with enough time to help
the rear, one beep will be heard Forward Collision Alert avoid a crash. It also may not
from the rear. When an object is
very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the
(FCA) System provide any warning at all. FCA
vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians,
vehicle front), five beeps will sound help to avoid or reduce the harm animals, signs, guardrails,
from the rear or front depending on caused by front-end crashes. FCA bridges, construction barrels,
object location. Beeps for FPA are provides a visual alert and beeps or other objects. Be ready to take
higher pitched than for RPA. when approaching a vehicle directly action and apply the brakes. See
ahead too quickly. Defensive Driving 0 217.
Turning the Features On or Off
The forward-looking FCA camera
sensor is on the windshield ahead Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
The X button on the center stack

is used to turn on or off Parking
Assist. The indicator light next to the
10/21/15
FCA warnings will not occur unless Selecting the Alert Timing
the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued)
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will proper condition. Keep the
display green. Vehicles may not be windshield, headlamps, and FCA
detected on curves, highway exit sensors clean and in good repair.
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially Collision Alert
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning The Collision Alert control is on the
to help avoid a crash, unless it steering wheel. Press [ to set the
detects a vehicle. FCA may not alert timing. The first button press
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA When your vehicle approaches shows the current control setting on
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, another vehicle too rapidly, the FCA the DIC. Additional button presses
or ice, or if the windshield is display will come on in the DIC and will change this setting and turn the
damaged. It may also not detect a several high-pitched beeps will system off.
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, sound. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may Unnecessary Alerts
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain, prepare for driver braking to occur FCA may provide unnecessary
more rapidly which can cause a alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
or snow, or if the headlamps or
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to other lanes, objects that are not
windshield are not cleaned or in
apply the brake pedal as needed. vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
(Continued) Cruise control may be disengaged are normal operation and the
when the Collision Alert occurs. vehicle does not need service.
10/21/15
Cleaning the System

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, clean the outside . Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in
of the windshield area in front of the poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in
camera sensor before considering conditions. This can occur if bad weather conditions.
taking the vehicle in for service. the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
Lane Departure dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works
Warning (LDW) not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera sensor is on the
the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid the camera. mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane . Detect road edges. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect lanes on winding or the center stack. The control
without using a turn signal in that hilly roads. indicator will light when LDW is on.
direction. LDW uses a camera If LDW only detects lane
sensor to detect the lane markings markings on one side of the road,
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
it will only warn you when
greater.
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
{ Warning marking. Always keep your
The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, @ is green if
the vehicle. The LDW system
within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane
may not: departure. If the vehicle crosses a
damage, injury, or death could
. Provide enough time to occur. Always keep the detected lane marking without using
avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and the turn signal in that direction, @
(Continued) (Continued) changes to amber and flashes.
10/21/15
Additionally, there will be three Fuel used, but acceleration and fuel
beeps on the right or left, depending economy will be reduced, and an
on the lane departure direction. Use of the recommended fuel is an audible knocking noise may be
important part of the proper heard. If this occurs, use a gasoline
When the System Does Not maintenance of this vehicle. When rated at 91 octane or higher as soon
Seem To Work Properly driving in the U.S. and Canada, to as possible. Otherwise, the engine
The system may not detect lanes as help keep the engine clean and could be damaged. If heavy
well when there are: maintain optimum vehicle knocking is heard when using
performance, we recommend using gasoline with a 91 octane rating or
. Close vehicles ahead. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. higher, the engine needs service.
. Sudden lighting changes, such See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. Use of Seasonal Fuels
as when driving through tunnels.
. Use summer and winter fuels in the
Banked roads.
appropriate season. The fuels
If the LDW system is not functioning industry automatically modifies the
properly when lane markings are fuel for the appropriate season.
clearly visible, cleaning the If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
windshield may help. long periods of time, driving or
LDW alerts may occur due to tar starting could be affected. Drive the
marks, shadows, cracks in the road, vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
temporary or construction lane tank or less, then refuel with the
markings, or other road current seasonal fuel.
imperfections. This is normal system Prohibited Fuels
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these Gasolines containing oxygenates
conditions continue. such as ethers and ethanol, as well
Use premium unleaded gasoline as reformulated gasolines, are
meeting ASTM specification D4814 available in some cities. If these
with a posted octane rating of 91 or gasolines comply with the
higher. Regular unleaded gasoline previously described specification,
rated at 87 octane or higher can be then they are acceptable to use.
10/21/15
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and California Fuel Fuels in Foreign

other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
Requirements Countries
FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries
California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the
Caution designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find.
meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel
Do not use fuel containing the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability
methanol. It can corrode metal label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never
parts in the fuel system and also states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
damage plastic and rubber parts. Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other
That damage would not be satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly
covered under the vehicle federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper
warranty. control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the
be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty.
indicator lamp could turn on and the
Some gasolines, mainly high octane vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives
racing gasolines, can contain an test. See Malfunction Indicator
octane-enhancing additive called Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 102. To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If this occurs, return to your TIER Detergent Gasoline is
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it recommended. See Fuel 0 248.
gasolines and/or fuel additives with is determined that the condition is If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
MMT as they can reduce spark plug caused by the type of fuel used, not available, one bottle of Fuel
life and affect emission control repairs may not be covered by the System Treatment PLUS added to
system performance. The vehicle warranty. the fuel tank at every engine oil
malfunction indicator lamp may turn change, can help. Fuel System
on. If this occurs, see your dealer Treatment PLUS is the only
for service. gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
10/21/15
Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)

Press K on the RKE transmitter to
unlock. To open the fuel door, push
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel and release the rearward center
edge of the door.
cap is opened too quickly.
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the
violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is
death. more likely in hot weather.
. To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly
and others, read and follow and wait for any hiss noise
all the instructions on the to stop, then unscrew the
fuel pump island. cap all the way.
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
unattended. to remove. While refueling, hang the
tethered fuel cap from the hook on
. Do not use a cell phone the fuel door.
while refueling.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
children pump fuel. door on the passenger side of the
vehicle. The fuel door is locked
(Continued) when the vehicle doors are locked.
10/21/15
Filling a Portable Fuel

{ Warning { Warning Container
Overfilling the fuel tank by more If a fire starts while you are
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
{ Warning
. Vehicle performance issues, shutting off the pump or by Filling a portable fuel container
including engine stalling and notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle can cause
damage to the fuel system. Leave the area immediately. fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
. Fuel spills. means. You or others could be
. Potential fuel fires. Caution badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a . Use approved fuel
sure to get the right type of cap
few seconds after you have finished containers.
from your dealer. The wrong type
pumping before removing the . Remove the container from
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
surfaces as soon as possible. See may cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could bed before filling.
Exterior Care 0 321.
damage the fuel tank and . Place the container on the
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it emissions system. See ground.
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure Malfunction Indicator Lamp
the cap is fully installed. The . Place the nozzle inside the
(Check Engine Light) 0 102. fill opening of the container
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or before dispensing fuel, and
improperly installed. This would keep it in contact with the fill
allow fuel to evaporate into the opening until filling is
atmosphere. See Malfunction complete.
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine (Continued)
Light) 0 102.
10/21/15
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Conversions and

Add-Ons
. Fill the container no more General Towing
than 95% full to allow for Information
expansion. Add-On Electrical
. Do not smoke, light
The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment
intended to tow a trailer.
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel. { Warning
. Avoid using cell phones or The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
other electronic devices. used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 102. A device connected to the
DLC — such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking
device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect
vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also
access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.
10/21/15
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the

vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 68 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 68.
10/21/15
254 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Shift

Vehicle Care Lock Control Function
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Rear Compartment Fuse
Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 255 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires
California Proposition Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 273 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
California Perchlorate Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Materials Requirements . . . . . 255 Headlamp Aiming Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 290
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Bulb Replacement Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Doing Your Own High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Engine Compartment Adaptive Forward Lighting Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 262 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 276 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Automatic Transmission Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 277 When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 278 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 263 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 280 Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 268 Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 281 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282
Engine Compartment Fuse Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Battery - North America . . . . . . 271 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 306
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 272 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 255
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 and systems, many fluids, and
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 314 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
Jump Starting and supported service people.
Jump Starting - North See Battery - North America 0 271
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North
these marks: America 0 315.
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 317 California Perchlorate
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
Appearance Care applications, such as airbag
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
and lithium batteries contained in
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
10/21/15
256 Vehicle Care
airbags, braking, stability, ride and GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks
handling, emissions systems, complement and function with other
aerodynamics, durability, and systems on the vehicle. See your
electronic systems like antilock dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own
brakes, traction control, and stability using genuine GM Accessories Service Work
control. These accessories or installed by a dealer technician.
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on
Damage to suspension components your vehicle if you do not have
caused by modifying vehicle height the proper knowledge, service
outside of factory settings will not be manual, tools, or parts. Always
covered by the warranty. follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the for your vehicle before doing any
installation or use of non-GM service work.
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is If doing some of your own service
not covered under the terms of the work, use the proper service
vehicle warranty and may affect manual. It tells you much more
remaining warranty coverage for about how to service the vehicle
affected parts. than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 355.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 257
Keep a record with all parts receipts 1. Pull the hood release handle
and list the mileage and the date of inside the vehicle. It is on the
any service work performed. See lower left side of the instrument
Maintenance Records 0 342. panel.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
3. Lift the hood and release the
Hood hood prop from its retainer,
above the radiator. Securely
To open the hood: place the hood prop into the
slot on the underside of
2. Go to the front of the vehicle the hood.
and move the secondary hood To close the hood:
release lever toward the driver
side of the vehicle. 1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop. Remove the hood prop
from the slot in the underside
of the hood and return the prop
to its retainer. The prop rod
10/21/15
258 Vehicle Care
must click into place when

returning it to the retainer to
prevent hood damage.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 259
Engine Compartment Overview

10/21/15
260 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 263. Following these simple, but Obtaining an accurate oil level
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of important steps will help protect reading is essential:
View). See Cooling your investment: 1. If the engine has been running
System 0 264. . Use engine oil approved to the recently, turn off the engine and
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See proper specification and of the allow several minutes for the oil
Engine Oil 0 260. proper viscosity grade. See to drain back into the oil pan.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Checking the oil level too soon
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See in this section. after engine shutoff will not
Engine Oil 0 260. provide an accurate oil level
. Check the engine oil level
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See regularly and maintain the reading.
Brakes 0 270. proper oil level. See “Checking
6. Battery - North America 0 271. Engine Oil” and “When to Add { Warning
Engine Oil” in this section.
7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank The engine oil dipstick handle
and Pressure Cap. See . Change the engine oil at the may be hot; it could burn you.
Cooling System 0 264. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Use a towel or glove to touch the
Life System 0 262. dipstick handle.
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer . Always dispose of engine oil
Fluid 0 269. properly. See “What to Do with
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
Used Oil” in this section.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse with a clean paper towel or
Block 0 282. Checking Engine Oil cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
It is a good idea to check the engine keeping the tip down, and
Engine Oil oil level at each fuel fill. In order to check the level.
To ensure proper engine get an accurate reading, the vehicle
performance and long life, careful must be on level ground. The
attention must be paid to engine oil. engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 259 for the location of the engine
oil dipstick.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 261
When to Add Engine Oil Specification

Caution (Continued)
Ask for and use engine oils that
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
If the oil is below the cross-hatched of the vehicle and seek a service
area at the tip of the dipstick, add professional to remove the
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil excess amount of oil. Engine oils that have been
and then recheck the level. See approved by GM as meeting the
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” dexos1 specification are marked
later in this section for an See Engine Compartment Overview
0 259 for the location of the engine with the dexos1 approved logo. See
explanation of what kind of oil to www.gmdexos.com.
use. For engine oil crankcase oil fill cap.
capacity, see Capacities and Add enough oil to put the level
Specifications 0 344. Caution
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way Failure to use the recommended
Caution back in when through. engine oil or equivalent can result
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by
Do not add too much oil. Oil
the vehicle warranty.
levels above or below the Selecting the right engine oil
acceptable operating range depends on both the proper oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade
to the engine. If you find that you See Recommended Fluids and Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
have an oil level above the Lubricants 0 340. engine oil.
operating range, i.e., the engine
(Continued)
10/21/15
262 Vehicle Care
Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin for very long. Clean your the oil life system to work properly,
area of extreme cold, where the skin and nails with soap and water, the system must be reset every time
temperature falls below −29 °C or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil is changed.
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
used. An oil of this viscosity grade containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
will provide easier cold starting for manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
the engine at extremely low use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
temperatures. When selecting an oil Used oil can be a threat to the OIL SOON message comes on.
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
is recommended to select an oil of own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
the correct specification. See from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
“Specification” earlier in this section. dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground, system might indicate that an oil
Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or change is not necessary for up to a
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking year. The engine oil and filter must
Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil. be changed at least once a year
recommended oils meeting the and, at this time, the system must
dexos1 specification are all that is Engine Oil Life System be reset. Your dealer has trained
needed for good performance and service people who will perform this
engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil work and reset the system. It is also
Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system important to check the oil regularly
recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the over the course of an oil drain
engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based interval and keep it at the proper
vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which level.
include engine revolutions, engine If the system is ever reset
What to Do with Used Oil temperature, and miles driven. accidentally, the oil must be
Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is since the last oil change.
your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For Remember to reset the oil life
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on system whenever the oil is changed.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 263
How to Reset the Engine Oil If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Life System message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
Reset the system whenever the system has not been reset. Repeat engine compartment on the
engine oil is changed so that the the procedure. passenger side of the vehicle. See
system can calculate the next Engine Compartment
engine oil change. To reset the Overview 0 259.
system:
Automatic Transmission
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
Fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
with the engine off. How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid For intervals on changing and
2. Press the DIC MENU button on inspecting the engine air cleaner/
the turn signal lever to enter It is not necessary to check the filter, see Maintenance
the Vehicle Information Menu. transmission fluid level. Schedule 0 331.
Use the thumbwheel to scroll A transmission fluid leak is the only
through the menu items until reason for fluid loss. If a leak How to Inspect the Engine Air
you reach REMAINING occurs, take the vehicle to your Cleaner/Filter
OIL LIFE. dealer and have it repaired as soon Do not start the engine or have the
3. Press SET/CLR to reset the oil as possible. engine running with the engine air
life at 100%. There is a special procedure for cleaner/filter housing open. Before
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. checking and changing the removing the engine air cleaner/
transmission fluid. Because this filter, make sure that the engine air
The system is reset when the procedure is difficult, you should cleaner/filter housing and nearby
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON have this done at your dealer. components are free of dirt and
message is off and the REMAINING debris. Remove the engine air
OIL LIFE 100% message is Change the fluid at the intervals
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
displayed. listed in Maintenance Schedule
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
0 331, and be sure to use the fluid
from the vehicle), to release loose
listed in Recommended Fluids and
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
Lubricants 0 340.
cleaner/filter for damage, and
10/21/15
264 Vehicle Care
replace if damaged. Do not clean

the engine air cleaner/filter with { Warning
water or compressed air.
Operating the engine with the air
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ cleaner/filter off can cause you or
filter: others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Caution 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out

of View)
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
can easily get into the engine, and Pressure Cap
which could damage it. Always
1. Remove the six screws and lift
have the air cleaner/filter in place { Warning
when you are driving.
the cover off the engine air An electric engine cooling fan
cleaner/filter assembly. under the hood can start up even
2. Inspect or replace the engine Cooling System when the engine is not running
air cleaner/filter. The cooling system allows the and can cause injury. Keep
engine to maintain the correct hands, clothing, and tools away
3. Lower the cover into the engine
air cleaner/filter assembly, then working temperature. from any underhood electric fan.
secure with the six screws.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 265
Engine Coolant
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine overheat warning. The engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a 50/
you can be burned. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling
could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean
cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL
could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating, coolant. This mixture:
fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating 0 268.
. Gives freezing protection down
What to Use to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
Caution { Warning . Gives boiling protection up to
Using coolant other than 129 °C (265 °F), engine
Adding only plain water or some temperature.
DEX-COOL® can cause other liquid to the cooling system
premature engine, heater core, . Protects against rust and
can be dangerous. Plain water
or radiator corrosion. In addition, corrosion.
and other liquids, can boil before
the engine coolant could require the proper coolant mixture will. . Will not damage aluminum parts.
changing sooner. Any repairs The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine
would not be covered by the for the proper coolant mixture.
vehicle warranty. Always use temperature.
With plain water or the wrong
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant mixture, the engine could get too
in the vehicle. hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
10/21/15
266 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the

Caution Coolant Surge Tank
The vehicle must be on a level
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
inhibitors, or additives are used in level. Caution
the vehicle cooling system, the It is normal to see coolant moving in This vehicle has a specific
engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line coolant fill procedure. Failure to
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. follow this procedure could cause
mixture can freeze and crack
Check to see if coolant is visible in the engine to overheat and be
engine cooling parts. The repairs
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant severely damaged.
would not be covered by the inside the coolant surge tank is
vehicle warranty. Use only the boiling, do not do anything else until
proper mixture of engine coolant it cools down. If no problem is found, check to see
for the cooling system. See if coolant is visible in the coolant
Recommended Fluids and If coolant is visible but the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but
Lubricants 0 340. level is not at or above the mark the coolant level is not at the
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of indicated level mark, add a 50/
clean, drinkable water and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
Never dispose of engine coolant by DEX-COOL coolant. and DEX-COOL coolant at the
putting it in the trash, pouring it on coolant surge tank, but be sure the
Be sure the cooling system is cool
the ground, or into sewers, streams, cooling system, including the
before this is done.
or bodies of water. Have the coolant coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
changed by an authorized service If no coolant is visible in the coolant cool before you do it.
center, familiar with legal surge tank, add coolant as follows:
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help { Warning
protect the environment and your Steam and scalding liquids from a
health. hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
(Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 267
1. Remove the coolant surge tank 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
Warning (Continued) pressure cap when the cooling the proper DEX-COOL coolant
system, including the coolant mixture to the indicated
the cap when the cooling system, surge tank pressure cap and level mark.
including the surge tank pressure upper radiator hose, is no
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling 4. With the coolant surge tank
longer hot. pressure cap off, start the
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool. Turn the pressure cap slowly engine and let it run until you
counterclockwise about can feel the upper radiator
one-quarter of a turn. If you hose getting hot. Watch out for
hear a hiss, wait for that to the engine cooling fan.
Caution stop. This will allow any By this time, the coolant level
In cold weather, water can freeze pressure still left to be vented inside the coolant surge tank
out the discharge hose. may be lower. If the level is
and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core, and other parts. Use 2. Keep turning the pressure cap lower, add more of the proper
the recommended coolant and slowly and remove it. DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
the proper coolant mixture. the coolant surge tank until the
level reaches the indicated
level mark.
{ Warning 5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts. Check the level in the coolant surge
tank when the cooling system has
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
cooled down. If the coolant is not at
and it will burn if the engine parts
the proper level, repeat Steps 1–
are hot enough. Do not spill 3 and reinstall the pressure cap.
coolant on a hot engine. If the coolant still is not at the proper
level when the system cools down
again, see your dealer.
10/21/15
268 Vehicle Care
Caution Caution Warning (Continued)

If the pressure cap is not tightly Running the engine without engine if it overheats, and get out
installed, coolant loss and coolant may cause damage or a of the vehicle until the engine
possible engine damage may fire. Vehicle damage would not be is cool.
occur. Be sure the cap is properly covered by the vehicle warranty.
and tightly secured.
If No Steam Is Coming from
If Steam Is Coming from the the Engine Compartment
Engine Overheating Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is
The vehicle has an engine coolant displayed but no steam can be seen
temperature gauge to warn of the { Warning or heard, the problem may not be
engine overheating. See Engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
Steam from an overheated engine can get a little too hot when the
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 100.
can burn you badly, even if you vehicle:
If the decision is made not to lift the just open the hood. Stay away
hood when this warning appears, . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
from the engine if you see or hear
get service help right away. See steam coming from it. Just turn it . Stops after high-speed driving.
Roadside Assistance off and get everyone away from . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Program 0 350. the vehicle until it cools down.
If the decision is made to lift the Wait until there is no sign of If the overheat warning is displayed
hood, make sure the vehicle is steam or coolant before you open with no sign of steam:
parked on a level surface. the hood. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Then check to see if the engine If you keep driving when the 2. Turn the heater on to the
cooling fan is running. If the engine engine is overheated, the liquids highest temperature and to the
is overheating, the fan should be in it can catch fire. You or others highest fan speed. Open the
running. If it is not, do not continue could be badly burned. Stop the windows as necessary.
to run the engine. Have the vehicle
serviced. (Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 269
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off use. If operating the vehicle in an

the road, shift to P (Park) or area where the temperature may fall Caution (Continued)
N (Neutral), and let the below freezing, use a fluid that has
. Do not use engine coolant
engine idle. sufficient protection against
freezing. (antifreeze) in the
If the engine coolant temperature windshield washer. It can
gauge is no longer in the overheat Adding Washer Fluid damage the windshield
zone, the vehicle can be driven. washer system and paint.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
. Do not mix water with
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in ready-to-use washer fluid.
front. If the warning does not come Water can cause the
back on, continue to drive normally solution to freeze and
and have the cooling system damage the washer fluid
checked for proper fill and function. tank and other parts of the
Open the cap with the washer washer system.
If the warning continues, pull over, symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . When using concentrated
stop, and park the vehicle the tank is full. See Engine
right away. washer fluid, follow the
Compartment Overview 0 259 for manufacturer instructions for
If there is no sign of steam, idle the reservoir location. adding water.
engine for three minutes while
. Fill the washer fluid tank
parked. If the warning is still Caution
displayed, turn off the engine until it only three-quarters full when
cools down. . Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows
contains any type of water for fluid expansion if
repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could
Washer Fluid damage the tank if it is
cause the wiper blades to
What to Use chatter or skip. completely full.
When the vehicle needs windshield (Continued)
washer fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
10/21/15
270 Vehicle Care
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are

can cause a brake squeal when the installed or if parts are improperly
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly installed.
indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. Brake Fluid
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can Properly torqued wheel nuts are
be heard all the time when the necessary to help prevent brake
vehicle is moving, except when pulsation. When tires are rotated,
applying the brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
The brake wear warning sound Specifications 0 344. The brake master cylinder reservoir
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with GM approved DOT 4
not work well. That could lead to complete sets. brake fluid as indicated on the
a crash. When the brake wear reservoir cap. See Engine
Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 259 for
warning sound is heard, have the
See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir.
vehicle serviced.
does not return to normal height, Checking Brake Fluid
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
Caution level surface, the brake fluid level
that brake service may be required.
should be between the minimum
Continuing to drive with worn-out
Replacing Brake System Parts and maximum marks on the brake
brake pads could result in costly fluid reservoir.
brake repair. Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 271
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
. A fluid leak in the brake the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
brake hydraulic system fixed. done on the brake hydraulic
With a leak, the brakes will not system.
work well. Caution
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake fluid falls to a low
reservoir cap and the area around If brake fluid is spilled on the
level, the brake warning light comes
the cap before removing it. vehicle's painted surfaces, the
on. See Brake System Warning
paint finish can be damaged.
Do not top off the brake fluid. Light 0 104.
Immediately wash off any painted
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time surface.
If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of
worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent Battery - North America
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
necessary, only when work is done The original equipment battery is
Maintenance Schedule 0 331. maintenance free. Do not remove
on the brake hydraulic system.
What to Add the cap and do not add fluid.
Use only GM approved DOT 4 Refer to the replacement number
brake fluid from a clean, sealed shown on the original battery label
container. See Recommended when a new battery is needed. See
Fluids and Lubricants 0 340. Engine Compartment Overview
0 259 for battery location.
10/21/15
272 Vehicle Care
Infrequent Usage: Remove the 3. Try to start the engine in each

{ Warning black, negative (−) cable from the gear. The vehicle should start
battery to keep the battery from only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
WARNING: Battery posts, running down. If the vehicle starts in any other
terminals, and related position, contact your dealer for
accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the service.
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
charger. Automatic Transmission
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also Shift Lock Control
contain other chemicals known to Starter Switch Check Function Check
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER { Warning { Warning
HANDLING.
When you are doing this When you are doing this
See California Proposition inspection, the vehicle could inspection, the vehicle could
65 Warning 0 255. move suddenly. If the vehicle move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be moves, you or others could be
Vehicle Storage injured. injured.
{ Warning 1. Before starting this check, be 1. Before starting this check, be

sure there is enough room sure there is enough room
Batteries have acid that can burn around the vehicle. around the vehicle. It should be
you and gas that can explode. parked on a level surface.
2. Apply both the parking brake
You can be badly hurt if you are and the regular brake.
not careful. See Jump Starting - 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
North America 0 315 for tips on Do not use the accelerator ready to apply the regular
pedal, and be ready to turn off brake immediately if the vehicle
working around a battery without
the engine immediately if it begins to move.
getting hurt.
starts.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 273
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)
ignition on, but do not start the mechanism's holding ability:
engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning parking brake followed by the
normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake.
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
your dealer for service. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle See the Maintenance
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. Schedule 0 331.
position.
Replacement blades come in
. The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed in
LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. For proper type and
lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set length, see Maintenance
. The ignition key should come the parking brake. Replacement Parts 0 341.
out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's
Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine Caution
required. running and the transmission in
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake the windshield when no wiper
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is blade is installed could damage
held by the parking brake only. the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)
10/21/15
274 Vehicle Care
2. Press the button in the middle Headlamp Aiming

Caution (Continued) of the wiper arm connector,
and pull the wiper blade away Headlamp aim has been preset and
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow from the arm connector. should need no further adjustment.
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield. 3. Remove the wiper blade. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
If adjustment to the headlamps is
To replace the windshield wiper blade replacement.
necessary, see your dealer.
blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 275
Bulb Replacement LED Lighting

For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps.
bulbs, see Replacement For replacement of any LED lighting
Bulbs 0 281. assembly, contact your dealer.
For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
Adaptive Forward
your dealer. Lighting Lamps
Corner Lighting Lamps
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
2. Turn the bulb holder
{ Warning counterclockwise to disengage.
Remove the bulb holder from
The high intensity discharge the reflector.
lighting system operates at a very
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
technician service them.
1. Turn the cap counterclockwise

After an HID headlamp bulb has
and remove it.
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
10/21/15
276 Vehicle Care
3. Pull the bulb from the plug Front Turn Signal Lamps
connector.
4. Replace the bulb and connect
the bulb holder with the plug
connector.
5. Insert the bulb holder,
engaging the two lugs into the
reflector and turn clockwise to
secure.
Fog Lamps
The bulbs are accessible from the 2. Disengage the bulb socket
underside of the vehicle. from the plug connector by
pressing the retaining lug. 1. Turn cap counterclockwise and
3. Remove and replace the bulb remove it.
socket with bulb and attach the
plug connector.
4. Insert the bulb socket into the
reflector by turning clockwise
and engage.

counterclockwise and remove it
from the reflector.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 277
2. Turn bulb socket Sidemarker Lamps

from the reflector.
2. Push the tool to disengage the

clip and remove the
1. Insert a tool in between the sidemarker. Do not use
sidemarker housing and the excessive force.
3. Pull bulb from bulb holder and bumper. To prevent damage,
replace it. place a cloth between the tool
4. Insert the bulb socket into the and the bumper.
reflector and turn clockwise.
5. Fit the cap and turn clockwise.
10/21/15
278 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the bulb socket 90° Side Turn Signal Lamps

from housing.

counterclockwise and remove
1. Insert a tool between side turn from housing.
signal and fender. Place a cloth
4. Pull the bulb from the bulb between the tool and the
holder and replace it. fender.
5. Re-insert the socket into the 2. Push the tool to disengage the
housing and turn it 90° clip and remove the side turn
clockwise. signal lamp.
6. Insert the sidemarker in
reverse order in the bumper
first, then gently push in the
clip on the side.
4. Pull bulb from bulb holder and

replace it.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 279
5. Insert the bulb holder and turn 4. Insert bulb holder into the
it clockwise. taillamp assembly and turn
6. Insert right end of the lamp, clockwise.
slide to the right, and insert
left end.
Back-Up Lamps
2. Remove bulb holder by turning

counterclockwise.
5. Close the cover by inserting

the fastener clips first. Lock the
cover by turning the screw
clockwise with a tool.
1. The cover is inside of the trunk Rear Position Lights
lid. Remove the screw on the
1. Open the trunk lid.
cover with a tool and turn
clockwise to remove the cover.
3. Remove and replace the bulb.

10/21/15
280 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp
2. Release cover in side trim 4. Remove and replace bulb.

panel and remove. 5. Insert the bulb holder into the Lamp Assembly
housing and turn clockwise.
6. Attach the side trim cover.
3. Remove bulb holder by turning Bulb Assembly

counterclockwise.
1. Bulb Socket
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 281
2. Bulb Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

3. Lamp Assembly
Bulb
Exterior Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs: Number Electrical System
1. Push the left end of the lamp Corner Lighting H7LL Overload
assembly toward the right. Lamps The vehicle has fuses and circuit
2. Turn the lamp assembly down Fog Lamps H11 breakers to protect against an
to remove it. electrical system overload.
Turn signal Lamp 7444 Amber
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) When the current electrical load is
counterclockwise to remove it Sidemarker Lamps W5W too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
from the lamp assembly (3). Side Turn Signal W10/5 and closes, protecting the circuit
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of Lamps until the current load returns to
the bulb socket (1). normal or the problem is fixed. This
Back-Up lamps W16W greatly reduces the chance of circuit
5. Push the replacement bulb Rear Position PY21W overload and fire caused by
straight into the bulb socket Lamps (Inside (Amber) electrical problems.
and turn the bulb socket Trunk)
clockwise to install it into the P21/5W Fuses and circuit breakers protect
lamp assembly. (Park/ power devices in the vehicle.
Brake) Replace a bad fuse with a new one
6. Turn the lamp assembly into
the lamp assembly opening License Plate Lamp W5W of the identical size and rating.
engaging the clip side first. If there is a problem on the road and
7. Push on the lamp side opposite For replacement bulbs not listed a fuse needs to be replaced, the
the clip until the lamp assembly here, contact your dealer. same amperage fuse can be
snaps into place. borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
10/21/15
282 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
wipers will stop until the motor If the band is broken or melted,
cools, and the wiper control is replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
turned off. After removal of the a bad fuse with a new one of the
blockage, the wiper motor will identical size and rating.
restart when the control is moved to Fuses of the same amperage can
the desired operating position. To open the fuse block cover, press
be temporarily borrowed from the clips at the front and back and
Although the circuit is protected another fuse location, if a fuse goes rotate the cover up to the side.
from electrical overload, overload out. Replace the fuse as soon as
due to heavy snow or ice may possible.
Caution
cause wiper linkage damage. To identify and check fuses, circuit
Always clear ice and heavy snow breakers, and relays, see Engine Spilling liquid on any electrical
from the windshield before using the Compartment Fuse Block 0 282, component on the vehicle may
windshield wipers. Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 284, damage it. Always keep the
If the overload is caused by an and Rear Compartment Fuse covers on any electrical
electrical problem and not snow or Block 0 286. component.
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 283
Fuses Usage
8 O2 sensor/
Powertrain cooling
9 Rear window sensor
10 Vehicle battery
sensor
11 Trunk release
12 Adaptive headlamps/
Automatic headlamp
leveling
13 ABS valves
14 –
15 Engine control
module
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
16 Starter
There is a fuse puller in the engine Fuses Usage 17 Transmission control
compartment fuse block. module
3 Fuel injection/
The vehicle may not be equipped Ignition system 18 Rear window
with all of the fuses, relays, and defogger
features shown. 4 Fuel injection/
Ignition system 19 Front power window
Fuses Usage
5 – 20 Rear power window
1 Engine control
6 Heated mirrors 21 Rear electrical
module
center
2 O2 sensor 7 Fan control
22 –
10/21/15
284 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

23 – 38 Vacuum pump 54 Vacuum pump/
24 Right high-beam 39 Fuel system control Instrument panel
headlamp module cluster/HVAC
25 Left high-beam 40 Front windshield Instrument Panel Fuse

headlamp washer
Block
26 Front fog lamps 41 –
27 – 42 Engine cooling fan
28 – 43 Windshield wipers
29 Electric parking 44 –
brake 45 Engine cooling fan
30 ABS pump 46 –
31 – 47 Horn
32 Airbag 48 Engine cooling fan
33 Adaptive headlamps/ 49 Fuel pump
Automatic headlamp
leveling 50 Headlamp leveling/
Adaptive Headlamps The instrument panel fuse block is
34 Exhaust gas
recirculation 51 – on the driver side of the instrument
panel. To access:
35 Power windows/Rain 52 –
sensor/Exterior 1. Open the storage
53 Transmission control compartment.
mirror module/Engine
36 Climate control control module 2. Pull straight down and out to
remove the storage
37 – compartment.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 285
3. Remove the cover.

To reinstall the cover, line up the
retainers and push into place.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 3 Body control
module/Exterior
Fuses Usage lamps
1 Displays 4 Infotainment system
2 Body control 5 Information system/
module/Exterior Instrument
lamps
6 Power outlet
10/21/15
286 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage The rear compartment fuse block,

if equipped, is on the left side of the
7 Power outlet 21 Instrument panel trunk behind a cover.
8 Body control 22 Ignition
module/Left 23 Body control module
low-beam headlamp
24 Body control module
9 Body control
module/right 25 –
low-beam headlamp 26 Trunk power outlet
10 Body control accessory
module/Door locks
11 Interior fan Rear Compartment Fuse
12 Driver power seat Block
13 Passenger
power seat
14 Diagnostic connector
15 Airbag
16 Trunk lid relay
17 A/C system
18 Service diagnose
19 Body control
module/Brake
lamps/Reverse
lamps/Interior lamps
20 –
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 287
Fuses Usage
9 Selective catalytic
reduction system
10 Selective catalytic
reduction system
11 Tire pressure
monitor/Rear vision
camera
12 Convertible control
module/Reverse
lamps
13 –
14 Rear seat electrical
folding
15 –
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 16 Rear vision camera/
with all of the fuses, relays, and Convertible control
features shown. 4 Selective catalytic
module
reduction system
Fuses Usage 17 –
5 –
1 Convertible control 18 –
module/Right 6 –
power rail 19 Heated steering
7 Power seats
wheel
2 – 8 Convertible control
20 –
3 Rear parking assist module
21 Heated seats
10/21/15
288 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

22 –
23 Convertible control
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
module/Left Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
power rail high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
24 Selective catalytic cause serious injury.
reduction system the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
25 – to maintain the
warranty and where to get
26 Non-logistic mode service. For additional recommended pressure.
27 Passive entry/ information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
Passive start manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
28 –
29 Hydraulic unit { Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
30 – . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
31 – improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
32 –
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 223. (Continued)
(Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 289
and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire

Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 302.
. Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
have been damaged by With winter tires, there may be
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
. of this TPC code, which will
Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
be “MS.” handling and braking.
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
center should repair, tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions.
mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and
excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 289.
surfaces such as snow, Winter tires with the same speed
mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires
spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability.
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
10/21/15
290 Vehicle Care
Low-Profile Tires Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire

Performance Criteria
If the vehicle has 245/40R20 Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original
size tires, they are classified as molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
low-profile tires. examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance
passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification
Caution compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall.
Low-profile tires are more GM's TPC specifications meet or
susceptible to damage from road exceed all federal safety
hazards or curb impact than guidelines.
standard profile tires. Tire and/or (3) DOT (Department of
wheel assembly damage can Transportation) : The
occur when coming into contact Department of Transportation
with road hazards like potholes, (DOT) code indicates that the
or sharp edged objects, or when tire is in compliance with the
sliding into a curb. The warranty
U.S. Department of
does not cover this type of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
when possible, avoid contact with DOT Tire Date of
curbs, potholes, and other road (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
hazards. combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 291
week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone
have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact
of 0310. can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare
(4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 314 and If a Tire Goes
(TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. Flat 0 307.
following the DOT (Department (3) Tire Identification Number
of Transportation) code are the (TIN) : The letters and numbers
Tire Identification Number (TIN). following the DOT (Department
The TIN shows the of Transportation) code are the
manufacturer and plant code, Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire size, and date the tire was The TIN shows the
manufactured. The TIN is manufacturer and plant code,
molded onto both sides of the tire size, and date the tire was
tire, although only one side may manufactured. The TIN is
have the date of manufacture. molded onto both sides of the
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire, although only one side may
of cord and number of plies in Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture.
the sidewall and under the tread. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
(6) Uniform Tire Quality of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that
Grading (UTQG) : Tire the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the
manufacturers are required to maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
grade tires based on three support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
performance factors: treadwear, use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
traction, and temperature speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
resistance. For more information The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
see Uniform Tire Quality emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Grading 0 304.
10/21/15
292 Vehicle Care
information on tire pressure and Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
inflation see Tire number that indicates the tire
Pressure 0 295. Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
letters and numbers define a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
construction type, and service mean that the tire's sidewall is
description. The letter T as the 60 percent as high as it is wide.
first character in the tire size (4) Construction Code : A letter
means the tire is for temporary code is used to indicate the type
use only. of ply construction in the tire.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire The letter R means radial ply
Performance Criteria (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
Specification) : Original The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
equipment tires designed to metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
GM's specific tire performance letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
criteria have a TPC specification the tire size means a passenger construction.
code molded onto the sidewall. vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
GM's TPC specifications meet or standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
exceed all federal safety and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 293
Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load
accessories. Some examples of Limits 0 223.
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
Pressure 0 295. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
10/21/15
294 Vehicle Care
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 295 and Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 223.
Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 223. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 295
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
Tires 0 302. permanently attached to a can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 223. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 304. result in:
effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 223. road hazards.
10/21/15
296 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading How to Check Put the valve caps back on the
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to keep out dirt and
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven warranty.
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits 0 223. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
How the vehicle is loaded System
Remove the valve cap from the
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. technology to check tire pressure
designed to carry. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
If the cold tire inflation pressure the air pressure in your tires and
When to Check matches the recommended transmit tire pressure readings to a
pressure on the Tire and receiver located in the vehicle.
Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no
more. Do not forget the compact Each tire, including the spare (if
further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked
spare, if the vehicle has one.
If the inflation pressure is low, monthly when cold and inflated to
The cold compact spare tire
add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended
pressure should be at 420 kPa
pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle placard or tire inflation
Tire 0 314.
on the metal stem in the center pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 297
tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. properly.
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 297.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. Statement 0 356.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmits the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver in
of replacement or alternate tires or the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
10/21/15
298 Vehicle Care
The low tire pressure warning light

may come on in cool weather when Caution
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all
could be an early indicator that the the same. A non-approved tire
air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS
needs to be inflated to the proper sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition
pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light A Tire and Loading Information
on the instrument cluster. If the vehicle warranty. Always use only
label, attached to your vehicle,
warning light comes on, stop as the GM approved tire sealant
shows the size of the original
soon as possible and inflate the equipment tires and the correct available through your dealer or
tires to the recommended pressure inflation pressure for the tires when included in the vehicle.
shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 223, for an example of the TPMS Malfunction Light and
Limits 0 223. Tire and Loading Information label Message
A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 295. The TPMS will not function properly
a specific tire displays in the Driver if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low are missing or inoperable. When the
tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does system detects a malfunction, the
DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire low tire warning light flashes for
each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection about one minute and then stays on
inflated to the correct inflation 0 300, Tire Rotation 0 301 and for the remainder of the ignition
pressure. Using the DIC, tire Tires 0 288. cycle. A DIC warning message also
pressure levels can be viewed. For displays. The malfunction light and
additional information and details DIC warning message come on at
about the DIC operation and each ignition cycle until the problem
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 110.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 299
is corrected. Some of the conditions the sensor matching process is more of the TPMS sensors. The
that can cause these to come performed successfully. See TPMS sensor matching process
on are: your dealer for service. should also be performed after
. One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do replacing a spare tire with a road
replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment tire containing the TPMS sensor.
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels The malfunction light and the DIC
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended message should go off at the next
light and DIC message should could prevent the TPMS from ignition cycle. The sensors are
go off after the road tire is functioning properly. See Buying matched to the tire/wheel positions,
replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 302. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
matching process is performed following order: driver side front tire,
. Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio
Matching Process” following. side rear tire, and driver side rear.
wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
. The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at
malfunction light and the DIC low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
successfully completing the light and DIC message comes on (1-800-468-6657).
sensor matching process. See and stays on.
"TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
Process" following. TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
. One or more TPMS sensors are Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
missing or damaged. The Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
malfunction light and the DIC identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new
TPMS sensors are installed and tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
10/21/15
300 Vehicle Care
The TPMS sensor matching The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
process is: signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
1. Set the parking brake. mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
2. Put an automatic transmission displays on the DIC screen.
in P (Park) or a manual 13. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
transmission in 1 (First) or 8. Start with the driver side 14. Set all four tires to the
R (Reverse). front tire. recommended air pressure
3. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 9. Place the relearn tool against level as indicated on the Tire
with the engine off. See Ignition the tire sidewall, near the valve and Loading Information label.
Positions 0 227. stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor. Tire Inspection
4. Press MENU to select the A horn chirp confirms that the
Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has We recommend that the tires,
the Driver Information been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the
Center (DIC). wheel position. vehicle has one, be inspected
5. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 10. Proceed to the passenger side for signs of wear or damage at
the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the least once a month.
screen. procedure in Step 8. Replace the tire if:
6. Press SET/CLR to begin the 11. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or
sensor matching process. rear tire, and repeat the more places around the tire
A message asking if the procedure in Step 8.
can be seen.
process should begin should 12. Proceed to the driver side rear
appear. tire, and repeat the procedure . There is cord or fabric
in Step 8. The horn sounds two showing through the tire's
7. Press SET/CLR again to
confirm the selection. times to indicate the sensor rubber.
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 301
. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time System. See Tire Pressure
deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 302 and Wheel Monitor Operation 0 297.
fabric. Replacement 0 306. Check that all wheel nuts are
. The tire has a bump, bulge, properly tightened. See “Wheel
or split. Nut Torque” under Capacities
. The tire has a puncture, cut, and Specifications 0 344.
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of { Warning
the size or location of the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
damage. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Tire Rotation after time. The wheel could come
Tires should be rotated every off and cause an accident. When
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See changing a wheel, remove any
Maintenance Schedule 0 331. rust or dirt from places where the
Use this rotation pattern when wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
more uniform wear for all tires. Do not include the compact towel can be used; however, use
The first rotation is the most spare tire in the tire rotation. a scraper or wire brush later to
important. remove all rust or dirt.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
noticed, rotate the tires as soon pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 295 and Vehicle tire rotation to prevent corrosion
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 223. or rust build-up. Do not get
10/21/15
302 Vehicle Care
grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. See Tire slow aging. This area should be free
mounting surface or on the Inspection 0 300 of grease, gasoline, or other
wheel nuts or bolts. and Tire Rotation 0 301. substances that can deteriorate
The rubber in tires ages over time. rubber.
When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire, Parking for an extended period can
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is cause flat spots on the tires that
never used. Multiple factors may result in vibrations while
Factors such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading driving. When storing a vehicle for
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure at least a month, remove the tires or
vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging raise the vehicle to reduce the
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that weight from the tires.
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched
digits of the DOT Tire Identification specific tires for the vehicle. The
Number (TIN) which is molded into original equipment tires installed
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria
(01–52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec)
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When
the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed,
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM strongly recommends
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC
Treadwear indicators are one way to Spec rating.
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen
least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact
area away from direct sunlight to the overall performance of the
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 303
vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one

performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning
traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. Mixing tires of different sizes,
pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause
performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle,
number is molded onto the tire's tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires have an all-season tread tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 290. { Warning
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, If the vehicle tires must be
all four tires should wear out at replaced with a tire that does not
about the same time. See Tire have a TPC Spec number, make
Rotation 0 301. However, if it is sure they are the same size,
10/21/15
304 Vehicle Care
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. performance of these systems can treadwear, traction, and
also be affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 296. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
Limits 0 223. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 302 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 255. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 305
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
10/21/15
306 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs { Warning
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
road, the tires and wheels may need one is dangerous. How it has
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
for proper diagnosis. driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 307
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ Warning while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is 0 288. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that A rear blowout, particularly on a { Warning
manufacturer's instructions. To curve, acts much like a skid and
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road, the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible. changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
10/21/15
308 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
to a level place, well off the road, 4. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire
if possible. Turn on the hazard remain in the vehicle.
warning flashers. See Hazard The following information explains
Warning Flashers 0 122. 5. Place wheel blocks, how to repair or change a tire.
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
{ Warning corner of the tire being
changed.
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
causing injury or death. Find a use the following example as a
level place to change the tire. To guide to assist in the placement of
help prevent the vehicle from the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 309
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
3. Turn the retainer nut 2. Turn the wheel wrench

counterclockwise to remove it. counterclockwise to loosen all
Remove the spare tire and the wheel nuts, but do not
place it near the tire being remove them yet.
changed. 3. Place the jack under the
1. Strap vehicle.
4. Remove the jack and tools and
2. Screwdriver
place them near the tire being 4. Place the hex tube end of the
3. Jack changed. wheel wrench over the hex
4. Wheel Wrench and Tow Eye head of the jack.
(In Bag) Removing the Flat Tire and
To access the spare tire and tools: Installing the Spare Tire
1. Open the trunk. See 1. Do a safety check before
Trunk 0 29. proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 307.
2. Lift the load floor.
10/21/15
310 Vehicle Care
Caution { Warning
Make sure that the jack lift head Raising the vehicle with the jack
is in the correct position or you improperly positioned can
may damage your vehicle. The damage the vehicle and even
repairs would not be covered by make the vehicle fall. To help
your warranty. avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
6. Set the jack to the necessary

height. Position it directly below { Warning
the jacking position so it does Lifting a vehicle and getting under
not slip. it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
{ Warning appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
Getting under a vehicle when it is
the vehicle, it is designed only for
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
5. Position the jack lift head at the anything else, you or others could
you could be badly injured or
jack location nearest the be badly injured or killed if the
killed. Never get under a vehicle
flat tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
when it is supported only by
is provided with the vehicle, only
a jack.
use it for changing a flat tire.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 311
Warning (Continued)
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
7. Raise the jack by turning the 9. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
handle clockwise until it comes 10. Remove the flat tire.
in contact with the
recommended jacking location.
8. Raise the vehicle far enough
{ Warning
off the ground so there is Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
enough room for the road tire parts to which it is fastened, can
to clear the ground. make wheel nuts become loose 11. Remove any rust or dirt from
after time. The wheel could come the wheel bolts, mounting
off and cause an accident. When surfaces, and spare wheel.
changing a wheel, remove any
12. Place the compact spare tire
rust or dirt from places where the on the wheel-mounting surface.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
10/21/15
312 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and
or nuts because the nuts might Specifications 0 344 for original
come loose. The vehicle's wheel equipment wheel nut torque
could fall off, causing a crash. specifications.
13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until Caution
the wheel is held against
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the hub.
can lead to brake pulsation and
14. Lower the vehicle by turning rotor damage. To avoid expensive 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
the jack handle brake repairs, evenly tighten the a crisscross sequence, as
counterclockwise. wheel nuts in the proper shown.
sequence and to the proper 16. Lower the jack all the way and
{ Warning torque specification. See remove the jack from under the
Capacities and Specifications vehicle.
Wheel nuts that are improperly or 0 344 for the wheel nut torque
incorrectly tightened can cause 17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
specification. with the wheel wrench.
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 313
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
4. Place the loop end of the strap 5. Insert the strap through the
through the left rear cargo wheel, as shown.
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
tie-down. 6. Attach the hook to the right
1. Replace the wheel wrench in
Place the hook end of the strap rear cargo tie-down.
the tool bag and the jack and
through the loop and pull it until 7. Tighten the strap and secure it
tools in their original storage
the strap is securely fastened using the buckle.
location.
to the cargo tie down.
2. Remove the strap. 8. Replace the load floor.
3. Place the flat tire in the storage The compact spare is for temporary
compartment with the valve use only. Replace the compact
stem up. spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as possible.
10/21/15
314 Vehicle Care
Storing the Compact Spare Tire The vehicle will perform differently Do not use the compact spare on
and Tools with the spare tire installed and it is other vehicles.
Reverse the instructions for recommended that the vehicle Do not mix the compact spare tire or
removing the spare tire and tools to speed be limited to 80 km/h wheel with other wheels or tires.
store the compact spare tire. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together.
repaired or replaced as soon as
Compact Spare Tire convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area. Caution
{ Warning When using a compact spare tire, Tire chains will not fit the compact
Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and spare. Using them can damage
compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may the vehicle and the chains. Do not
result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is use tire chains on the compact
recognized by the vehicle, spare.
handling. This could lead to a
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
crash and you or others could be
driving to reduce possible
injured. Use only one compact wheel slip.
spare tire at a time.
Caution
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is
however, it can lose air over time. installed, do not take the vehicle
Check the inflation pressure through an automatic car wash
regularly. It should be 420 kPa with guide rails. The compact
(60 psi). spare can get caught on the rails
Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel,
that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle.
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 315
Jump Starting Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Jump Starting - North See California Proposition vehicle warranty. Trying to start
America 65 Warning 0 255. the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
For more information about the the vehicle.
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 271.
{ Warning
If the battery has run down, try to Batteries can hurt you. They can
use another vehicle and some be dangerous because:
jumper cables to start your vehicle. . They contain acid that can
Be sure to use the following steps to burn you.
do it safely.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
{ Warning . They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts, electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related If you do not follow these steps
accessories contain lead and lead exactly, some or all of these
compounds, chemicals known to things can hurt you.
the State of California to cause 1. Discharged Battery
cancer and birth defects or other Negative Grounding Point
reproductive harm. Batteries also 2. Discharged Battery Positive
Caution
contain other chemicals known to Terminal
the State of California to cause Ignoring these steps could result 3. Good Battery Negative
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER in costly damage to the vehicle Terminal
HANDLING. that would not be covered by the 4. Good Battery Positive
(Continued) (Continued) Terminal
10/21/15
316 Vehicle Care
The jump start negative grounding 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

point (1) for the discharged battery Caution (Continued) Turn off all lights and
is the engine block or an engine accessories in both vehicles,
mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as damaged. Only use a vehicle that except the hazard warning
far away from the discharged has a 12-volt system with a flashers if needed.
battery as possible. negative ground for jump starting.
The jump start positive terminal (2) { Warning
on the discharged battery is in the 2. Position the two vehicles so
engine compartment on the driver that they are not touching. An electric fan can start up even
side of the vehicle. when the engine is not running
3. Set the parking brake firmly
and put the shift lever in and can injure you. Keep hands,
The jump start negative terminal (3) clothing, and tools away from any
and positive terminal (4) are on the P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a underhood electric fan.
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start. manual transmission.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a Caution { Warning
trim cover. Open the cover to Using a match near a battery can
If any accessories are left on or
expose the terminal. cause battery gas to explode.
plugged in during the jump
1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
Caution off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
If the other vehicle does not have you. If you accidentally get it in
a 12-volt system with a negative your eyes or on your skin, flush
ground, both vehicles can be the place with water and get
(Continued) medical help immediately.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 317
10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle
{ Warning the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
Fans or other moving engine probably needs service. Caution
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving Incorrectly towing a disabled
parts once the engine is running.
Caution vehicle may cause damage. The
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
connected or removed in the the vehicle warranty.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting Do not lash or hook to
positive (+) terminal on the may occur and damage the suspension components. Use the
discharged battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be proper straps around the tires to
6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty. secure the vehicle.
red positive (+) cable to the Always connect and remove the
positive (+) terminal of the good jumper cables in the correct order, Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
battery. making sure that the cables do car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
not touch each other or other could damage the vehicle.
7. Connect one end of the black
metal.
negative (–) cable to the Consult your dealer or a
negative (–) terminal of the professional towing service if the
good battery. Jumper Cable Removal disabled vehicle must be towed.
8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when
black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables. Caution
negative (–) grounding point for After starting the disabled vehicle
the discharged battery. Improper use of the tow eye can
and removing the jumper cables,
cause vehicle damage. Use
9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes.
caution and low speeds to
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at prevent damage to the vehicle.
least four minutes.
10/21/15
318 Vehicle Care
Front Tow Eye Rear Tow Eye
Install the tow eye into the socket by

turning it counterclockwise until it
Carefully open the cover by using stops in a horizontal position. Carefully open the cover by using
the small notch that conceals the When the tow eye is removed, the small notch that conceals the
front tow eye socket. reinstall the cover with the notch in rear tow eye socket.
the original position.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 319
home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be

of recreational vehicle towing are towed? Just as preparing the
known as dinghy towing and dolly vehicle for a long trip, make sure
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be
vehicle with all four wheels on the towed.
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the Caution
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly. Use of a shield mounted in front
Here are some important things to of the vehicle grille could restrict
consider before recreational vehicle airflow and cause damage to the
towing: transmission. The repairs would
Install the tow eye into the socket by not be covered by the vehicle
. What is the towing capacity of
turning it counterclockwise until it warranty. If using a shield, only
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
stops in a horizontal position. use one that attaches to the
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's towing vehicle.
When the tow eye is removed,
reinstall the cover with the notch in recommendations.
the original position. . How far will the vehicle be
To tow the vehicle behind another towed? Some vehicles have
vehicle for recreational purposes, restrictions on how far and how
such as behind a motor home, see long they can tow.
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 319. . Does the vehicle have the
proper towing equipment? See
Recreational Vehicle your dealer or trailering
Towing professional for additional advice
and equipment
Recreational vehicle towing means recommendations.
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle – such as behind a motor
10/21/15
320 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing The vehicle was not designed to be

towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, a dolly should be used. See
“Dolly Towing” following.
Dolly Towing
Caution
Caution Towing the vehicle from the rear

could damage it. Also, repairs
If the vehicle is towed with all four would not be covered by the
wheels on the ground, the vehicle warranty. Never have the
drivetrain components could be vehicle towed from the rear.
damaged. The repairs would not Tow the vehicle with the two rear
be covered by the vehicle wheels on the ground and the front
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle wheels on a dolly.
with all four wheels on the To tow the vehicle with two wheels
ground. on the ground and a dolly:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 321
Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The
locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window
Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Lubricants 0 340. Caution Remove any accessories that may
Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment.
To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use Rinse the vehicle well, before
sunlight. of power washers exceeding washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
are allowed to dry on the surface,
Caution in damage or removal of paint
they could stain.
and decals.
Do not use petroleum-based, Dry the finish with a soft, clean
acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to
agents as they can damage the Caution avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic spotting.
parts. If damage occurs, it would Do not power wash any
Finish Care
not be covered by the vehicle component under the hood that
warranty. Approved cleaning has this e symbol. Application of aftermarket clearcoat
products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not
(Continued) recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued)
are damaged, see your dealer to
10/21/15
322 Vehicle Care
have the damage assessed and . Be sure the molding is cool to

repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution (Continued) the touch before applying any
calcium chloride and other salts, ice cleaning solution.
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes . Use only approved cleaning
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from solutions for aluminum, chrome
industrial chimneys, etc., can that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the or stainless steel. Some
damage the vehicle's finish if they cleaners are highly acidic or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle.
contain alkaline substances and
the vehicle as soon as possible. can damage the moldings.
If necessary, use non-abrasive To keep the paint finish looking new,
cleaners that are marked safe for . Always dilute a concentrated
keep the vehicle garaged or
painted surfaces to remove foreign covered whenever possible. cleaner according to the
matter. manufacturer’s instructions.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
Occasional hand waxing or mild Moldings
polishing should be done to remove intended for automotive use.
residue from the paint finish. See . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
your dealer for approved cleaning Caution
vehicle after washing to protect
products. and extend the molding finish.
Failure to clean and protect the
Do not apply waxes or polishes to bright metal moldings can result
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint This damage would not be
as damage can occur. Stripes
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Caution soft cloth, and a car washing soap
The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
Machine compounding or vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes.
aggressive polishing on a stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
instructions: section.
(Continued)
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 323
Lamp covers are made of plastic, Replace the wiper blades if they are
and some have a UV protective Caution worn or damaged. Damage can be
coating. Do not clean or wipe them caused by extreme dusty
when dry. Using wax on low gloss black conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
finish stripes can increase the snow, and ice.
Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low Weatherstrips
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
. Washer fluids and other cleaning water only. weatherstrips to make them last
agents in higher concentrations longer, seal better, and not stick or
than suggested by the Air Intakes squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
manufacturer. least once a year. Hot, dry climates
Clear debris from the air intakes, may require more frequent
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, between the hood and windshield, application. Black marks from
or other harsh cleaners. when washing the vehicle. rubber material on painted surfaces
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. can be removed by rubbing with a
Windshield and Wiper Blades
. clean cloth. See Recommended
Aftermarket appearance caps or Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 340.
covers while the lamps are with glass cleaner.
illuminated, due to excessive Tires
heat generated. Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires.
Caution
detergent. Wash the windshield
Failure to clean lamps properly thoroughly when cleaning the Caution
can cause damage to the lamp blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire
cover that would not be covered
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle
by the vehicle warranty.
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/
(Continued)
10/21/15
324 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and

Caution (Continued) Caution Chassis Components
or tires. When applying a tire To avoid surface damage, do not Visually inspect steering,
dressing, always wipe off any use strong soaps, chemicals, suspension, and chassis
overspray from all painted abrasive polishes, cleaners, components for damaged, loose,
surfaces on the vehicle. brushes, or cleaners that contain or missing parts or signs of wear at
acid on aluminum or least once a year.
chrome-plated wheels. Use only Inspect power steering for proper
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
approved cleaners. Also, never hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
or Chrome
drive a vehicle with aluminum or chafing, etc.
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild chrome-plated wheels through an
soap and water to clean the wheels. Visually check constant velocity joint
automatic car wash that uses boots and axle seals for leaks.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean silicone carbide tire cleaning
water, dry with a soft, clean towel. brushes. Damage could occur Body Component Lubrication
A wax may then be applied. and the repairs would not be Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
covered by the vehicle warranty. hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
Caution steel fuel door hinges, unless the
Chrome wheels and other chrome Brake System components are plastic. Applying
trim may be damaged if the silicone grease on weatherstrips
Visually inspect brake lines and with a clean cloth will make them
vehicle is not washed after driving hoses for proper hook-up, binding, last longer, seal better, and not stick
on roads that have been sprayed leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect or squeak.
with magnesium, calcium, disc brake pads for wear and rotors
or sodium chloride. These for surface condition. Inspect drum Underbody Maintenance
chlorides are used on roads for brake linings/shoes for wear or At least twice a year, spring and fall,
conditions such as ice and dust. cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. use plain water to flush any
Always wash the chrome with corrosive materials from the
soap and water after exposure.
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 325
underbody. Take care to thoroughly corrosion. Larger areas of finish Use cleaners specifically designed
clean any areas where mud and damage can be corrected in your for the surfaces being cleaned to
other debris can collect. dealer's body and paint shop. prevent permanent damage. Apply
Do not directly power wash the all cleaners directly to the cleaning
Chemical Paint Spotting cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Airborne pollutants can fall upon switches or controls. Remove
can overcome the seals and and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaners quickly.
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated causing blotchy, ring-shaped Before using cleaners, read and
fluid will decrease the life of the discolorations, and small, irregular follow all safety instructions on the
transfer case and/or axles and dark spots etched into the paint label. While cleaning the interior,
should be replaced. surface. See “Finish Care” open the doors and windows to get
previously in this section. proper ventilation.
Sheet Metal Damage
Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean
If the vehicle is damaged and the interior using the following
requires sheet metal repair or To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques:
replacement, make sure the body regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
repair shop applies anti-corrosion . Never use a razor or any other
Immediately remove any soils.
material to parts repaired or sharp object to remove soil from
Newspapers or dark garments can
replaced to restore corrosion any interior surface.
transfer color to the vehicle’s
protection. interior. . Never use a brush with stiff
Original manufacturer replacement bristles.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface
protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much
vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove pressure.
Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or
repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with
Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
scratches with touch-up materials
use approximately 20 drops per
available from your dealer to avoid
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
10/21/15
326 Vehicle Care
A concentrated soap solution will Speaker Covers To clean:

create streaks and attract dirt. 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
Vacuum around a speaker cover
Do not use solutions that contain colorfast cloth with water.
gently, so that the speaker will not
strong or caustic soap. Microfiber cloth is
be damaged. Clean spots with water
. Do not heavily saturate the and mild soap. recommended to prevent lint
upholstery when cleaning. transfer to the fabric or carpet.
Coated Moldings
. Do not use solvents or cleaners 2. Remove excess moisture by
containing solvents. Coated moldings should be cleaned. gently wringing until water does
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a not drip from the cleaning cloth.
Interior Glass
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth 3. Start on the outside edge of the
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. soil and gently rub toward the
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When heavily soiled, use warm center. Fold the cleaning cloth
left behind with a clean dry cloth. to a clean area frequently to
soapy water.
If necessary, use a commercial prevent forcing the soil in to the
glass cleaner after cleaning with Fabric/Carpet/Suede fabric.
plain water.
Start by vacuuming the surface 4. Continue gently rubbing the
using a soft brush attachment. If a soiled area until there is no
Caution rotating vacuum brush attachment is longer any color transfer from
being used, only use it on the floor the soil to the cleaning cloth.
To prevent scratching, never use
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
abrasive cleaners on automotive 5. If the soil is not completely
remove as much of the soil as
glass. Abrasive cleaners or possible: removed, use a mild soap
aggressive cleaning may damage solution followed only by plain
the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper water.
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed. If the soil is not completely
Cleaning the windshield with water removed, it may be necessary to
during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much use a commercial upholstery
of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
to fog. hidden area for colorfastness before
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 327
using a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Caution Caution (Continued)
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet. Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This surfaces after cleaning and allow
After cleaning, use a paper towel to may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
blot excess moisture. not be covered by the vehicle heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces warranty. not use cleaners that contain
and Vehicle Information and silicone or wax-based products.
Radio Displays Cleaners containing these
Instrument Panel, Leather,
solvents can permanently change
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
the appearance and feel of
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and leather or soft trim, and are not
use a soft bristle brush to remove Natural Open Pore Wood recommended.
dirt that can scratch the surface. Surfaces
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
Use a soft microfiber cloth Do not use cleaners that increase
microfiber cloth. Never use window
dampened with water to remove gloss, especially on the instrument
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
dust and loose dirt. For a more panel. Reflected glare can decrease
hand wash the microfiber cloth
thorough cleaning, use a soft visibility through the windshield
separately, using mild soap. Do not
microfiber cloth dampened with a under certain conditions.
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
mild soap solution.
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Caution
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
Soaking or saturating leather, permanent damage to plastics
especially perforated leather, as and painted surfaces. If an air
well as other interior surfaces, freshener comes in contact with
may cause permanent damage. any plastic or painted surface in
(Continued) (Continued)
10/21/15
328 Vehicle Care
purchased. Non-GM floor mats

Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
the vehicle, blot immediately and rinse safety belt webbing only check that the floor mats do not
clean with a soft cloth dampened with mild soap and lukewarm interfere with the pedals.
with a mild soap solution. water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Damage caused by air fresheners . Do not use a floor mat if the
would not be covered by the vehicle is not equipped with a
vehicle warranty. Floor Mats floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
Cargo Cover and

{ Warning . Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
Convenience Net If a floor mat is the wrong size or it over.
Wash with warm water and mild is not properly installed, it can
. Do not place anything on top of
detergent. Do not use chlorine interfere with the pedals.
the driver side floor mat.
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and Interference with the pedals can
then dry completely. cause unintended acceleration . Use only a single floor mat on
and/or increased stopping the driver side.
Care of Safety Belts distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on
Keep belts clean and dry. and injury. Make sure the floor top of another.
mat does not interfere with the
Removing and Replacing the
{ Warning pedals.
Floor Mats
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Use the following guidelines for Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
webbing. It may severely weaken proper floor mat usage: to unlock each retainer and remove.
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide . The original equipment floor
adequate protection. Clean and mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
(Continued) replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
10/21/15
Vehicle Care 329
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat

retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
10/21/15
330 Service and Maintenance
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 330 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 331 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
10/21/15
Service and Maintenance 331
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 223.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 260.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 295.
Fuel 0 248.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 300.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 256. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 269.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
10/21/15
a year and the oil life system must . Check engine coolant level. See . Inspect brake system. See
be reset. Your trained dealer Engine Coolant 0 265. Exterior Care 0 321.
technician can perform this work. . Check windshield washer fluid . Visually inspect steering,
If the engine oil life system is reset level. See Washer Fluid 0 269. suspension, and chassis
accidentally, service the vehicle components for damaged, loose,
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking, or missing parts or signs of
last service. Reset the oil life wear. See Exterior Care 0 321.
system when the oil is changed. or contamination and replace
See Engine Oil Life System 0 262. worn or damaged blades. See . Check restraint system
Exterior Care 0 321. Replace components. See Safety System
Tire Rotation and Required wiper blades every 20 000 km/ Check 0 58.
Services Every 12 000 km/ 12,000 mi or 12 months. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
7,500 mi Wiper Blade damage or leaks.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for Replacement 0 273.
. Visually inspect exhaust system
the vehicle, and perform the . Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
following services. See Tire See Tire Pressure 0 295. loose or damaged parts.
Rotation 0 301. . Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
. Check engine oil level and oil Inspection 0 300. Exterior Care 0 321.
life percentage. If needed, . Visually check for fluid leaks.
change engine oil and filter, and . Check starter switch. See Starter
reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 272.
Oil 0 260 and Engine Oil Life See Engine Air Cleaner/
System 0 262. Filter 0 263.
10/21/15

. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 272.
. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 273.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 273.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
10/21/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
10/21/15
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake fluid every three
passenger compartment air filter years. See Brake Fluid 0 270.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 264.
10/21/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance Passenger compartment air filter (3) Or every four years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty
Services - Severe there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each
(1) Or every two years, whichever fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer oil change or more often as needed.
comes first. More frequent can help determine when to replace (4) Or every five years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter the filter. comes first. See Cooling
replacement may be needed if (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines System 0 264.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, and hoses for proper hook-up,
poor air quality, high dust levels, routing, and condition.
or environmental allergens.
10/21/15
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application Additional

comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage; Services Maintenance and Care
replace, if needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(6) Replace brake fluid every three Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
years. See Brake Fluid 0 270. components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly
3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle
. Have underbody flushing service performance, additional
performed. See "Underbody maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior required.
Care 0 321. It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
10/21/15

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 340 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
10/21/15
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 325 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 321. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
10/21/15
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 260.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 265.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, Door, and Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Trunk Lid Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
10/21/15
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 13272719 A3144C
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13503677 CF197
Engine Oil Filter 55594652 PF101G
Spark Plugs 55490097 41-151
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 68.6 cm (27 in) 13348838 —
Passenger Side – 63.5 cm (25 in) 13348836 —
10/21/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
10/21/15
Technical Data 343
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in either the glove box or
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk area, has the following
Vehicle Identification
information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 345
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
vehicle.
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 344 for the vehicle's engine code.
10/21/15
344 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.5 L 5.8 qt
Fuel Tank 56 L 14.8 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.6L L4 Engine 5 Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.0236–
0.0276 in)
10/21/15
Technical Data 345
Engine Drive Belt Routing

10/21/15
346 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Buick. Normally, any concerns with
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 358
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 348 service departments. Sometimes,
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 359
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 349 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 353 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 it appears your concern cannot be
10/21/15
Customer Information 347
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Customer Care Centre at with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
1-800-263-3777 (English) or if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
toll-free number in order to give the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting Buick, remember decision given in your case, you
that your concern will likely be STEP THREE — Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners : In the event that you do
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
why we suggest following Step One not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
10/21/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its Mediation/Arbitration Program From U.S. Virgin Islands:
participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-496-9994
Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Limited
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Canada
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
General Motors of Canada Limited
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
factory-related vehicle service The inquiry should be accompanied CA1-163-005
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
an impartial third party arbiter, and
www.gm.ca
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3777 (English)
designed so that the entire dispute Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French)
settlement process, from the time Buick encourages customers to call 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
you file your complaint to the final the toll-free number for assistance. Telephone devices (TTYs))
decision, should be completed in However, if a customer wishes to Roadside Assistance:
approximately 70 days. We believe write or e-mail Buick, the letter 1-800-268-6800
our impartial program offers should be addressed to:
advantages over courts in most All Overseas Locations
jurisdictions because it is informal, United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General
quick, and free of charge. Motors Business Unit.
Buick Customer Assistance Center
For further information concerning P.O. Box 33136
eligibility in the Canadian Motor Detroit, MI 48232-5136 Customer Assistance for
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), www.Buick.com Text Telephone (TTY)
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Users
1-800-521-7300
the General Motors Customer Care
1-800-832-8425 (For Text To assist customers who are deaf,
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Telephone devices (TTYs)) hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
1-800-263-7854 (French),
Roadside Assistance: and who use Text Telephones
or write to:
1-800-252-1112 (TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment
10/21/15
available at its Customer Assistance D (Preferred Dealer . Access third party enthusiast
Center. Any TTY user can Information) : Select a dealer and sites and social media networks.
communicate with Buick by dialing: view locations, maps, phone . Locate owner resources such as
1-800-832-8425. TTY users in numbers, and hours. lease-end, financing, and
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
r (Warranty Tracking warranty information.
Information) : Track your vehicle’s . Retrieve your favorite articles,
Online Owner Center warranty information. quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Online Owner Experience J (Recall Information) : View galleries organized into the
(U.S.) my.buick.com active recalls by Vehicle Featured Articles and Auto Care
Identification Number (VIN). See Sections.
The Buick online owner experience
allows interaction with Buick and Vehicle Identification Number . Download the owner manual for
keeps important vehicle-specific (VIN) 0 343. your vehicle, quickly and easily.
information in one place. H (Other Account Information) : . Find the Buick-recommended
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite maintenance services for your
Membership Benefits
radio (if equipped), and OnStar vehicle.
E (Vehicle Information) : account information.
Download owner manuals and view GM Mobility
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with
online help representatives. Reimbursement Program
G (Maintenance Information) : See my.buick.com to register your
View maintenance schedules,
vehicle.
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule Buick Owner Centre (Canada)
service appointments. buickowner.ca
I (Service History) : View and Visit the Buick Owner Centre:
print dealer-recorded service
records and self-enter other service . Chat live with online help
records. representatives. This program is available to
. Use the Vehicle Tools section. qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
10/21/15
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of
required for the vehicle, such as the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
When calling Roadside Assistance,
hand controls or a wheelchair/ General Motors North America and
have the following information
scooter lift for the vehicle. Buick reserve the right to make any
ready:
For more information on the limited changes or discontinue the
. Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance program at
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
home telephone number. any time without notification.
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. Buick reserve the right to limit
1-800-833-9935. . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
General Motors of Canada also has driver if they decide the claims are
. Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca plate number of the vehicle.
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) claim is made many times.
for details. TTY users call . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided
1-800-263-3830. Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
Roadside Assistance . Description of the problem. vehicle to get to the nearest
Program Coverage service station.
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call Services are provided for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to
1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone duration of the vehicle’s powertrain unlock the vehicle if you are
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). warranty. locked out. A remote unlock may
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, be available if you have
In the U.S., anyone driving the OnStar®. For security reasons,
call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a the driver must present
Service is available 24 hours a day, person driving the vehicle without identification before this service
365 days a year. permission from the owner is not is given.
covered.
10/21/15

. Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in started to qualify. General
Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance Motors of Canada Limited
nearest Buick dealer for requires pre-authorization,
. Impound towing caused by
warranty service, or if the vehicle original detailed receipts, and a
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. copy of the repair orders. Once
driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines. authorization has been received,
when the vehicle is stuck in . the Roadside Assistance advisor
Mounting, dismounting,
sand, mud, or snow. will help you make arrangements
or changing of snow tires,
. Flat Tire Change: Service to and explain how to receive
chains, or other traction devices.
change a flat tire with the spare payment.
Service is not provided if a vehicle .
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Alternative Service: If
is in an area that is not accessible
must be in good condition and assistance cannot be provided
to the service vehicle or is not a
properly inflated. It is the owner's right away, the Roadside
regularly traveled or maintained
responsibility for the repair or Assistance advisor may give
public road, which includes ice and
replacement of the tire if it is not permission to get local
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered by the warranty. emergency road service. You will
covered.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to receive payment, up to $100,
jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to after sending the original receipt
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles to Roadside Assistance.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Mechanical failures may be
Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement covered, however any cost for
interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel parts and labor for repairs not
event, incidental expenses may delivery may be restricted. covered by the warranty are the
be reimbursed within the Propane and other fuels are not owner responsibility.
Powertrain warranty period. provided through this service.
Items considered are reasonable . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals, registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer, . Trip Interruption Benefits and
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
10/21/15
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to do so, your
service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating
dealer may offer the following
request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
transportation options:
scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support
and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service
of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
This includes one-way or round-trip
dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada),
shuttle service within reasonable
inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or
time and distance parameters of
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid-specific warranties in both
your dealer's area.
into the service department the U.S. and Canada.
immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel
can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in Reimbursement
unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be
and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and
If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed
the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited
same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
information. expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
10/21/15
Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine
For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM
dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These
Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from
be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in
well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the
rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from
provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle.
provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM
Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty.
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
10/21/15
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
Repair Facility original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not Program 0 350.
choose a collision repair facility that available from your current
meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and
may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number.
state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with
able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as
. Vehicle make, model, and
Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs. model year.
Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification
vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN).
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call
are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy
emergency services for help. Do not number.
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle.
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts.
damage repairs through the use of officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
aftermarket collision parts. Some
section.
insurance companies will not
10/21/15
If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins
Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional
Inflates? 0 62. does not pay the full cost.
technical service information
Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service
Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks.
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions
In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and
damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no
repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information
repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written
vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended
Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The
be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all
original GM parts. Remember, models.
recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information
the GM vehicle warranty. (U.S. and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual.
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees.
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc.
Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE:
if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees.
10/21/15
Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety

Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects
Manuals are available for current
This vehicle has systems that
and past model GM vehicles.
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications
to the United States
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or
Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately
two conditions: inform the National Highway
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors.
Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar
notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the
investigation, and if it finds that
delivery. device.
a safety defect exists in a group
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign.
funds. authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
10/21/15
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Recording and
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of
Administrator, NHTSA computers that record information
Call 1-800-521-7300, or write:
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. about the vehicle’s performance and
Washington, D.C. 20590 Buick Customer Assistance Center how it is driven. For example, the
P.O. Box 33136 vehicle uses computer modules to
You can also obtain other Detroit, MI 48232–5136 monitor and control engine and
information about motor vehicle transmission performance, to
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
safety from http:// monitor the conditions for airbag
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
www.safercar.gov. deployment and deploy them in a
(French), or write:
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
Reporting Safety Defects General Motors of Canada Limited antilock braking to help the driver
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: control the vehicle. These modules
to the Canadian CA1-163-005 may store data to help the dealer
Government 1908 Colonel Sam Drive technician service the vehicle.
If you live in Canada, and you Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Some modules may also store data
believe that the vehicle has a safety about how the vehicle is operated,
defect, notify Transport Canada such as rate of fuel consumption or
immediately, and notify General average speed. These modules may
Motors of Canada Limited. Call retain personal preferences, such as
Transport Canada at radio presets, seat positions, and
1-800-333-0510 or write to: temperature settings.
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
10/21/15
Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the
This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or,
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the
main purpose of an EDR is to consent of the lessee; in response
record, in certain crash or near Note
to an official request by police or
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through
obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may
vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
. How various systems in your
investigation. OnStar®
vehicle were operating;
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
. Whether or not the driver and
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
. How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
. How fast the vehicle was and, in certain situations, the
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
10/21/15
OnStar Terms and Conditions and

Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional
Information 0 364.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See “Navigation Settings” under
Configure Menu 0 183 for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
10/21/15
360 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
> Red Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call,
electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call.
and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands.
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
collect information about you and Navigation voice commands.
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
10/21/15
OnStar 361
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar subscription plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
10/21/15
362 OnStar
2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections

downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected.
commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see
Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada).
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Ensuring Security
Cancel Route
2. Say “Get my destination.” . Change the default passwords
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
address and distance to the RemoteLink mobile application.
2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with Make these passwords different
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. from each other and use a
cancel directions?” Destination Download combination of letters, numbers,
3. Say “Yes.” System responds: and symbols to increase the
Subscribers can have directions security.
“OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicle’s navigation
you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. . Change the default name of the
Route Preview SSID (Service Set Indentifier).
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to This is your network’s name that
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicle’s is visible to other wireless
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After devices. Choose a unique name
the call ends, the navigation screen and avoid family names or
2. Say “Route preview.” System will provide prompts to begin driving vehicle descriptions.
responds with the next three directions. Routes that are sent to
maneuvers. the navigation screen can only be OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
canceled through the navigation Equipped)
Repeat
system. The vehicle may have a built-in
1. Press =. System responds: Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. to the Internet and web content at
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
10/21/15
OnStar 363
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile OnStar Subscribers can access the Remote Services
devices can be connected. A data following services from a mobile
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle device:
unlock the doors or sound the horn
controls only when it is safe to . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, and flash the lamps.
do so. if factory-equipped.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot OnStar AtYourService
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
information, press =, wait for with automatic locks. OnStar Advisors can provide special
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi offers from restaurants and retailers
. Activate the horn and lamps. on your route, help locate hotels,
settings.” On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil or book a room.
screen. life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire OnStar Hands-Free Calling
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), Pressure Monitor System. Make and receive calls with the
password, and on some . Send directions to the vehicle. built-in wireless calling service,
vehicles, the connection type which requires available minutes.
. Locate the vehicle on a map
(no Internet connection, 3G, (U.S. market only). Make a Call
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot 1. Press =. System responds:
on/off, manage settings, and “OnStar ready.”
3. To change the SSID or monitor data consumption,
password, press Q or call 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
if equipped. “Call. Please say the name or
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
For OnStar RemoteLink information number to call.”
with an Advisor.
and compatibility, see 3. Say the entire number without
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or pausing, including a “1” and the
(If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada). area code. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OK, calling.”
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Android™, BlackBerry®,
or Windows® mobile devices.
10/21/15
364 OnStar
Calling 911 Emergency Diagnostics OnStar Additional

1. Press =. System responds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a Information
“OnStar ready.” status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by In-Vehicle Audio Messages
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or pressing Q. The Proactive Alerts Audio messages may play important
number to call.” feature (if available) can help predict information at the following times:
and alert of potential upcoming
3. Say “911” without pausing. . Prior to vehicle purchase.
maintenance issues with select
System responds: “911.” components on the vehicle, before Press Q to set up an account.
4. Say “Call.” System responds: they become a problem. . With the OnStar Basic Plan,
“OK, dialing 911.” OnStar can also monitor and report every 60 days.
Retrieve My Number tire pressure, if the vehicle is . After change in ownership and
equipped with a Tire Pressure at 90 days.
1. Press =. System responds: Monitoring System.
“OnStar ready.” Transferring Service
2. Say “My number.” System Press Q to request account transfer
responds: “Your OnStar eligibility information. The Advisor
Hands-Free Calling number is,” can cancel or change account
then says the number. information.
End a Call Selling/Transferring the
Press =. System responds: “Call Vehicle
ended.” Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
Verify Minutes and Expiration terminate your OnStar services if
Press = and say “Minutes” then the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
“Verify” to check how many minutes transferred, or if the lease ends.
remain and their expiration date.
10/21/15
OnStar 365
Reactivation for Subsequent . Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency

Owners Advisor. Statement 0 356.
Press Q and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with
speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities
possible. The Advisor will update OnStar has an agreement with a
Advisors provide services to help
vehicle records and explain OnStar wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities
service options. in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage,
How OnStar Service Works network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help:
Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
Hands-Free Calling are available on hardware. OnStar services may not
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
most vehicles. Not all OnStar work if the OnStar equipment is not
situations.
services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been
or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
information, a full description of software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to
OnStar services, system limitations, communicate to deaf,
and OnStar terms and conditions: not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
(1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada). except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
phone network congestion or
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
10/21/15
366 OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas
Number (PIN) five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar to send remote signals to
to help gain access to the vehicle.
OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over
to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent
speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal
change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message
Warranty around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with
OnStar equipment may be or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals
warranted as part of the vehicle maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar
warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a
Languages few miles into another cellular area.
could have difficulty identifying
The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location.
respond in multiple languages.
Vehicle and Power Issues
. In emergency situations, OnStar
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS
Advisors are available in English, electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency
Spanish, and French. Available and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders.
languages may vary by country. available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
may ask for a call back after the
Assistance after the vehicle has
vehicle is driven into an open area.
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
10/21/15
OnStar 367
Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access
the time of installation. These transmissions and private
The OnStar system is integrated
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent.
into the electrical architecture of the
a system to automatically
vehicle. Do not add any electrical OnStar - Software
communicate with GM servers to
equipment. See Add-On Electrical Acknowledgements
collect information about vehicle
Equipment 0 252. Added electrical
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include
equipment may interfere with the
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other
operation of the OnStar system and
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the
cause it to not operate.
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third
or changes and agreement that party software please see http://
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver either OnStar or GM may remotely
software updates or changes to the www.lg.com/global/support/
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https://
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html
The complete OnStar Privacy
security, or the operation of the libcurl:
Statement may be found at
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
Software updates or changes may
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE
affect or erase data or settings that
recommend that you review it. If you
are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved.
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify,
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties
described in the OnStar privacy
10/21/15
368 OnStar
above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided “as is,”
permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind,
copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect,
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES inability to use this software.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose,
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications,
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions:
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer,
CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions.
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright
THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in
Except as contained in this notice, documentation and/or other
the name of a copyright holder shall Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the
not be used in advertising or distribution. The sole exception
otherwise to promote the sale, use Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
or other dealings in this Software of a standard UnZipSFX binary
without prior written authorization of Rich Wales, Mike White.
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
the copyright holder.
10/21/15
OnStar 369
self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
10/21/15
370 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Makes an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 What Will You See after an
Adaptive Forward Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 When Should an Airbag
Adaptive Forward Lighting Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 60
Adaptive Forward Lighting Airbags
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Adding Equipment to the
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 252 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . . 101
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Additional Maintenance Servicing Airbag-Equipped
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adjustments System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Alarm
Agreements Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Trademarks and License . . . . . 207 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 263 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Air Filter, Passenger Antenna
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 236
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 64
10/21/15
Index 371
Assistance Program, Battery (cont'd) C

Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .271, 315 California
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 243 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 273 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Audio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Perchlorate Materials
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Audio Players Brake California
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 104 Proposition
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .255, 271, 315
Automatic Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Capacities and
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Carbon Monoxide
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Automatic Transmission Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 226 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Shift Lock Control Function Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 276 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Auxiliary Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 276 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 91
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 102
B
High Intensity Discharge Check
Battery
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 273
Exterior Lighting Battery
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 280 Malfunction Indicator
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 278 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Child Restraints
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 72
10/21/15
372 Index
Child Restraints (cont'd) Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Daytime Running

Lower Anchors and Tethers Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Coolant Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 86 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 100 Destination Download
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Cleaning Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Devices
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Courtesy Transportation Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Climate Control Systems Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 191 Diagnostics
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 353 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Door
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Compartments Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Customer Information Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Service Publications Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 355 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 345
Connections Customer Satisfaction Driver Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Control Driving
D
Traction and Electronic Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 353
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 19
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 358
Controls Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 221
Database Coverage
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 222
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
10/21/15
Index 373
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Fluid

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 263
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Coolant Temperature Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Fog Lamps
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 122, 276
Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Forward Collision Alert
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
E
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Frequency Statement
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 105
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 232 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Electrical Equipment,
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Front Fog Lamp
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Electrical System
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 358 Front Seats
Engine Compartment Fuse
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 276
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 119 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Exterior Lighting Battery Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Filling a Portable Fuel
Rear Compartment Fuse F
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Filter,
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Emergency Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Engine Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 122
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 108
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Requirements, California . . . . . 249
Check and Service Engine Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 259
10/21/15
374 Index
Fuses Guidance Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Engine Compartment Fuse Problems with the Route . . . . . . 190 How to Wear Safety Belts
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
H
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 122 I
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 If the System Needs Service . . . . 190
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . . . 122 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Rear Compartment Fuse
Headlamps Ignition Transmission Lock
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Adaptive Forward Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
G Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Indicator
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Infants and Young Children,
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Daytime Running Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Information
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Quick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High Intensity Discharge Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108 Instrument Panel
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 120 Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
General Information Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 330 Heated Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 34
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Internet Radio
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Global Positioning Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Stitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 221
GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 238
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
10/21/15
Index 375
J Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Jump Starting - North Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Antilock Brake System
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Lane Departure (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 104
K Lane Departure Warning Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Keyless Entry
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 23
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
LATCH System Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 105
L Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 107
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 290 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Lamps LATCH, Lower Anchors and Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Adaptive Forward Lighting . . . . 275 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 120
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 120 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 106
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Leveling Control Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Exterior Lighting Battery Light Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Adaptive Forward Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Service Electric Parking
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Lighting Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 102 Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Traction Control System
Side Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 123 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 107
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 106
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Locks
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
10/21/15
376 Index
Locks (cont'd) Messaging Oil

Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Mirrors Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 262
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Automatic Dimming Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 70
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 108 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Lower Anchors and Tethers Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
for Children (LATCH Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 OnStar® Additional
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 34 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Monitor System, Tire OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 OnStar® Destination
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
M
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Maintenance
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 N
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Maintenance and Care Navigation
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 331 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Recommended Fluids and Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Ordering
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 355
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 102 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Outlets
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
O Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Menu
Off-Road
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Messages
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
10/21/15
Index 377
P Power (cont'd) Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 146 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Park Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 230 Rearview Mirrors
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Parking Power Steering Warning Recognition
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Brake and P (Park) Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 57 Recommended Fluids and
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273 Privacy Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 231 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 357 Records
Parking or Backing Problems with Route Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 243 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 319
Passenger Airbag Status Program Reimbursement Program,
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 352 GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Passenger Compartment Air Proposition Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 65 Warning, System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 64 California . . . . . . . . . . . .255, 271, 315 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Perchlorate Materials Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Q
Requirements, California . . . . . . 255 Replacement Parts
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Personalization Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 R Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . 138 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 69
Positioning Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 356 Replacing LATCH System
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Power Radios Replacing Safety Belt System
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Reporting Safety Defects
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357
10/21/15
378 Index
Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd) Service (cont'd)
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 343
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Publications Ordering
Restraints Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 352
Retained Accessory Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 352 Service Electric Parking
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Roads Seats Services
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Roadside Assistance Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 49 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 48 Shift Lock Control Function
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Check, Automatic
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 345 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Running the Vehicle While Securing Child Restraints . . . . 84, 86 Shifting
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Security Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
S
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . 278
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Signals, Turn and
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Service Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
How to Wear Safety Belts
Accessories and Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Spare Tire
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 256 Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Special Application Services . . . . 337
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 58
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 342 Specifications and
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 57
Maintenance, General Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Safety Defects Reporting
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357
10/21/15
Index 379
StabiliTrak System (cont'd) Tires (cont'd)

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
T
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 306
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 272 When It Is Time for New
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 348
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 32
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Towing
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 106 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 252
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 319
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . 130 Traction
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . . 150 Control System (TCS)/
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Storage StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Traction Control/Electronic
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Storage Areas Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Trademarks and License
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Transmission
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Transportation Program,
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 297
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 296
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
System Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Forward Collision Turn and Lane-Change
Terminology and Definitions . . 293
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Uniform Tire Quality
Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10/21/15
380 Index
U Viewing Windshield
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 304 Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Updates Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Winter
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
W
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 273
Warning
Using the Navigation System . . . 166 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 247
V Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Vehicle Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Warnings
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 343 Wheels
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 306
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 When It Is Time for New
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 76
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 106 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle Care Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Cascada

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Cascada

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2k16_CS6_Buick_Cascada_23271687A.

Introduction This manual describes features that

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

In Brief Driver Information

Initial Drive Lock and unlock feedback can be

Remote start can be extended. Power Door Locks Trunk Release

Windows Seat Adjustment

To adjust the power seatback:

Power Lumbar Seatback Latches Heated Seats

See Heated Front Seats 0 50. Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

To adjust the steering wheel: The interior lamps control in the

See Dual Automatic Climate Control

Vehicle Features infotainment system. Press again to Cruise Control

Parking Assist or until the driver door is opened Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Keys and Locks

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

Programming without a and all previously known keys

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Canceling a Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park).

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Free-Turning Locks Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark

. Press the lower half of the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors going through an automatic car

{ Warning Heated Mirrors

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Express Window Operation The central power window switch

Press the switch to the first detent to Express Window Anti-Pinch

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Roof Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If the ignition is in ACC/ Manual Closing of Top

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

5. With the tonneau cover being

4. With an additional person, lift 8. Move the front bow to the

7. Lift the convertible top by

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Do not place any objects on the

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

The soft top must not be operated if

In the event of a vehicle rollover,

46 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Airbag System